WO2016163187A1 - Negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device - Google Patents

Negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016163187A1
WO2016163187A1 PCT/JP2016/056856 JP2016056856W WO2016163187A1 WO 2016163187 A1 WO2016163187 A1 WO 2016163187A1 JP 2016056856 W JP2016056856 W JP 2016056856W WO 2016163187 A1 WO2016163187 A1 WO 2016163187A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
radiation
compound
general formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/056856
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
金子 明弘
修平 山口
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020177027179A priority Critical patent/KR102051343B1/en
Priority to JP2017511501A priority patent/JP6402245B2/en
Publication of WO2016163187A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016163187A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F1/00Originals for photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g., masks, photo-masks, reticles; Mask blanks or pellicles therefor; Containers specially adapted therefor; Preparation thereof
    • G03F1/54Absorbers, e.g. of opaque materials
    • G03F1/56Organic absorbers, e.g. of photo-resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2002Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image
    • G03F7/2014Contact or film exposure of light sensitive plates such as lithographic plates or circuit boards, e.g. in a vacuum frame

Definitions

  • the present invention can form highly refined patterns using electron beams and extreme ultraviolet rays, which are preferably used in ultramicrolithography processes such as the manufacture of VLSI and high-capacity microchips and other photofabrication processes.
  • the present invention relates to a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern formation method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
  • a so-called negative chemically amplified resist composition mainly composed of an alkali-soluble resin, a crosslinking agent and an acid generator is effectively used (for example, see Patent Document 1). reference).
  • the object of the present invention is to form a pattern excellent in sensitivity, resolution, PED stability, and line edge roughness (LER) performance, particularly in the formation of an ultrafine pattern (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less).
  • Negative-type active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and negative-type active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, negative-type active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using the same
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a mask blank, a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
  • the present inventors have found that the above object can be achieved by a resist composition in which a polymer compound having a specific structure and a specific compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation are combined. It was.
  • the present invention is as follows.
  • Negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (A) a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and (B) a compound that generates an acid having a volume of 130 to 3 to 2000 to 3 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 4 Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • Ar represents an aromatic group
  • m and n are each independently, Represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom
  • R A represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group
  • R B represents a (p + 1) -valent organic group
  • X represents a single bond or a linking group
  • a N represents Represents a basic moiety containing a nitrogen atom.
  • R A , R B , X and A N may be the same or different.
  • A is a sulfur atom
  • q is an integer of 1 to 3
  • A is an iodine atom
  • q is 1 or 2
  • R 1 in the formula has the same meaning as R 1 in the general formula (1).
  • [12] Mask blanks comprising the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film as described in [11] above.
  • a pattern forming method comprising: exposing the film; and developing the exposed film to form a negative pattern.
  • [15] The electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method of the electronic device as described in said [14].
  • an ultrafine pattern for example, a line width of 50 nm or less
  • a negative type sensitive activity capable of forming a pattern excellent in sensitivity, resolution, PED stability, and LER performance.
  • An electronic device manufacturing method including a forming method and an electronic device can be provided.
  • the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • active light or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification is not limited to exposure with a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. Drawing with particle beams such as ion beams is also included in the exposure.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • Mn dispersity
  • Tetrahydrofuran flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 ⁇ l
  • column TSK gel Multipore HXL-M ( ⁇ 4) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min
  • detector differential refractive index (RI )) As a polystyrene equivalent value by detector).
  • the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is (A) a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as “polymer compound (A)”); (B) A compound that generates an acid having a volume of 130 3 or more and 2000 3 or less when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter also referred to as “acid generator (B)” or “compound (B)”). Including.
  • an ultrafine pattern for example, a region having a line width of 50 nm or less
  • a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition excellent in sensitivity, resolution, PED stability, and LER performance.
  • the reason why the above is achieved is that, in the present invention, the volume of the acid generated from the compound (B) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is as large as 130 3 or more, and the diffusibility of the acid generated from the compound (B) is Low. This suppresses the diffusion of excess acid to the unexposed area, which is considered to improve the resolution in the ultrafine region. Moreover, it is thought that PED stability improves as a result that the diffusibility of the acid after exposure is low. However, in the present invention, high resolution that cannot be explained only by the above diffusivity was obtained. The reason is not clear, but the following is estimated.
  • the crosslinkable group-containing polymer typically has a large (bulky) crosslinkable structural site including a crosslinkable group in the side chain of the polymer (for example, JP-A-2014-24999),
  • a crosslinkable group in the side chain of the polymer for example, JP-A-2014-24999
  • the crosslinkable group is bonded to the benzene ring that is directly bonded to the main chain of the polymer compound, Compared with a very compact structure.
  • a typical crosslinkable group-containing polymer since it has a certain amount of free volume even after crosslinking, the effect of suppressing the diffusion of the acid generated in the exposed area is limited.
  • the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is preferably for electron beam or extreme ultraviolet exposure, and more preferably for electron beam exposure.
  • the negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition for forming a negative pattern, and even if it is a negative resist composition for organic solvent development, alkali development A negative resist composition may be used.
  • the composition according to the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the polymer compound (A) is a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 4 represents Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • Ar represents an aromatic group
  • m and n are each independently 1 It represents the above integer.
  • halogen atom for R 1 examples include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L include a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring, —C ( ⁇ O) —, —O—C ( ⁇ O) —, —CH 2 —O—C ( ⁇ O )-, A thiocarbonyl group, a linear or branched alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6), a linear or branched alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms) More preferably 2 to 6), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6), a sulfonyl group, —O—, —NH—, —S—, a cyclic lactone structure, or these. Examples thereof include a combined divalent linking group (preferably having a total carbon number of 1 to 50, more preferably a total carbon number of 1 to 30, and even more preferably a total carbon number of 1 to 20).
  • Ar represents an aromatic group.
  • Preferred examples of the aromatic group include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, fluorene ring, phenanthrene ring, or, for example, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring And aromatic ring heterocycles including heterocycles such as benzopyrrole ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, triazole ring, thiadiazole ring and thiazole ring.
  • a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is most preferable.
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group or an aryl group.
  • alkyl group represented by R 2 and R 3 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • examples of the cycloalkyl group include cycloalkyl having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the group can be mentioned. Specific examples include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a t-butyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 are substituents that stabilize the carbocation, that is, an electron donating group, aromatic It is preferably a group or a hydrogen atom. Specifically, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, or a hydrogen atom is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. From the viewpoint of crosslinking reactivity, R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
  • alkyl group as R 1 alkyl group as R 2 and R 3 , cycloalkyl group, aralkyl group and aryl group, cycloalkyl group as R 4 , aryl group and acyl group, as L
  • substituents include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (2 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic and preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 18 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, Examples include an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, and a sulfonic acid ester group.
  • Preferable examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an ester group, and an aryl group, and more preferable examples include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxy group.
  • Group and alkoxy group. Examples of the halogen atom are the same as those described for R 1 above.
  • the substituent may further have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, and an alkoxy group.
  • substituents include a carbonyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, and a group in which these are combined.
  • M and n each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • m preferably represents an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1.
  • N is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and particularly preferably 1 or 2.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is more preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
  • R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 have the same meanings as in formula (1) R 1, R 2 , R 3 and R 4 in.
  • m ′ represents 1 or 2
  • n ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 are the same as those described for R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 in the general formula (1).
  • M ′ is more preferably 1.
  • N ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is more preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 have the same meanings as R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and n ′ in the general formula (1).
  • n ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • R 2, R 3, R 4 and n Specific examples and preferred examples of the general formula (1) or R 2, R 3 in the general formula (2), R 4 and n' similar to that as described for the .
  • R 2 and R 3 are both hydrogen atoms.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), (2) or (3) is 20 with respect to all the repeating units contained in the polymer compound (A) from the viewpoint of crosslinking efficiency and developability. It is preferably from ⁇ 100 mol%, more preferably from 40 to 100 mol%. Further, the introduction rate of the group represented by — (R 2 ) (R 3 ) (OR 4 ) as the crosslinkable group in the general formula (1), (2) or (3) (hereinafter referred to as the crosslinkable group rate). Is also preferably 20 to 100%, more preferably 40 to 100% from the viewpoint of crosslinking efficiency and developability.
  • the crosslinkable group ratio is a percentage (%) obtained by dividing the number (number) of crosslinkable groups in the polymer compound (A) by the number (number) of reaction points capable of introducing a crosslinkable group.
  • the reactive point at which the crosslinkable group can be introduced introduces a crosslinkable group from the ortho and para positions of the phenolic hydroxyl group in view of the position of the phenolic hydroxyl group. It will be possible. The detailed description is as described later in the section of the embodiment.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), (2) or (3) include the following structures, but are not limited thereto.
  • the polymer compound (A) may further have a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group different from the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1).
  • the phenolic hydroxyl group is a group formed by substituting a hydrogen atom of an aromatic ring group with a hydroxy group.
  • the aromatic ring of the aromatic ring group is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring, and examples thereof include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring.
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an organic group or a halogen atom.
  • D 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • m 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 5 in the general formula (II) represents an organic group
  • the organic group is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group) Ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group), aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, phenyl group, A naphthyl group) is more preferred.
  • the organic group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include, but are not limited to, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and a cyano group.
  • a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group are particularly preferable.
  • the organic group having a substituent include a trifluoromethyl group and a hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • D 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • examples of the divalent linking group include a carbonyl group, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a sulfonyl group, —O—, —NH—, or a combination thereof (for example, an ester bond Etc.) is preferable.
  • D 1 is preferably a single bond or a carbonyloxy group, and more preferably a single bond.
  • the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 2 is preferably a group obtained by removing n + 1 hydrogen atoms from a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring (n represents an integer of 1 or more).
  • the aromatic ring include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring (preferably having 6 to 18 carbon atoms) which may have a substituent such as a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, fluorene ring, phenanthrene ring, and the like.
  • Examples include aromatic heterocycles including heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, and thiazole. be able to.
  • a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferable from the viewpoint of resolution, and a benzene ring is most preferable.
  • m 1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
  • the —OH substitution position may be para, meta or ortho relative to the position of the benzene ring bonded to the polymer main chain. From the viewpoint of sex, the para position is preferred.
  • the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group of Ar 2 may have a substituent other than the group represented by —OH.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and a carboxyl group.
  • the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group of Ar 2 does not have a group represented by —C (R 2 ) (R 3 ) (OR 4 ) in the general formula (1) as a substituent.
  • the general formula (II) is preferably the following general formula (II-1).
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an organic group or a halogen atom.
  • D 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R 5 and D 1 in the general formula (II-1) is the general formula (II) in the same meaning as R 5 and D 1 of the preferred range is also the same.
  • the general formula (II) is more preferably the following general formula (II-2).
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an organic group or a halogen atom.
  • R 5 in formula (II-2) has the same meaning as R 5 in formula (II), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the content of the repeating unit is that of the polymer compound (A).
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 1 to 70 mol%, still more preferably 1 to 60 mol%, based on all repeating units.
  • the polymer compound (A) may further have a repeating unit as described later.
  • the polymer compound (A) has a “structure in which a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group is substituted by a group having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure” (hereinafter also referred to as “specific structure”) ”. You may have.
  • the polymer compound (A) has “a repeating unit having“ a structure in which a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group is substituted by a group having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure ””. Is preferred.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer compound (A) is increased, so that a very hard resist film can be formed, and acid diffusion And dry etching resistance can be controlled. Therefore, the diffusibility of the acid in the exposed portion of actinic rays or radiation such as an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays is greatly suppressed, so that the resolution, pattern shape and LER in a fine pattern are further improved. Further, it is considered that the compound (D) having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure contributes to further improvement in dry etching resistance.
  • the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure has a high hydrogen radical donating property, and becomes a hydrogen source when the photoacid generator is decomposed, further improving the decomposition efficiency of the photoacid generator and improving the acid generation efficiency. Is estimated to be even higher. This is considered to contribute to better sensitivity.
  • the above-mentioned specific structure that the polymer compound (A) according to the present invention may have includes an aromatic ring such as a benzene ring and a group having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. And linked via an oxygen atom derived from a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • the above structure not only contributes to high dry etching resistance, but also can increase the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer compound (A), and the combination effect provides higher resolution. It is estimated that
  • non-acid-decomposable means a property in which a decomposition reaction does not occur due to an acid generated by a photoacid generator.
  • the group having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is preferably a group stable to acids and alkalis.
  • the group stable to acid and alkali means a group that does not exhibit acid decomposability and alkali decomposability.
  • acid decomposability means the property of causing a decomposition reaction by the action of an acid generated by a photoacid generator.
  • Alkali decomposability means the property of causing a decomposition reaction by the action of an alkali developer.
  • group exhibiting alkali decomposability there is a dissolution rate in an alkali developer that is decomposed by the action of a conventionally known alkali developer contained in a resin suitably used in a positive chemically amplified resist composition.
  • an increasing group for example, a group having a lactone structure.
  • the group having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is not particularly limited as long as it is a monovalent group having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, but the total number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 to 40, and preferably 7 to 30. It is more preferable that The polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure may have an unsaturated bond in the ring.
  • the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the group having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure means a structure having a plurality of monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups or a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. It may be a bridge type.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • a structure having a plurality of cyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups has a plurality of these groups.
  • the structure having a plurality of monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups preferably has 2 to 4 monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, and particularly preferably has two.
  • Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure include bicyclo, tricyclo, and tetracyclo structures having 5 or more carbon atoms, and polycyclic cyclostructures having 6 to 30 carbon atoms are preferable.
  • an adamantane structure and a decalin structure A norbornane structure, a norbornene structure, a cedrol structure, an isobornane structure, a bornane structure, a dicyclopentane structure, an ⁇ -pinene structure, a tricyclodecane structure, a tetracyclododecane structure, and an androstane structure.
  • a part of carbon atoms in the monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
  • Preferred examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure include an adamantane structure, a decalin structure, a norbornane structure, a norbornene structure, a cedrol structure, a structure having a plurality of cyclohexyl groups, a structure having a plurality of cycloheptyl groups, and a plurality of cyclooctyl groups.
  • a structure having a plurality of cyclodecanyl groups, a structure having a plurality of cyclododecanyl groups, and a tricyclodecane structure, and an adamantane structure is most preferable from the viewpoint of dry etching resistance (that is, the non-acid-decomposable polycyclic fatty acid described above).
  • the group having a ring hydrocarbon structure is a group having a non-acid-decomposable adamantane structure).
  • polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structures for structures having a plurality of monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structures corresponding to the above monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups (specifically Specifically, the chemical formulas of the following formulas (47) to (50) are shown below.
  • the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms), Aryl group (preferably having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atom, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), carboxyl group, carbonyl group, thiocarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms) And a group formed by combining these groups (preferably having a total carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a total carbon number of 1 to 15).
  • Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure include a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (7), (23), (40), (41) and (51), and an arbitrary structure in the structure of the above formula (48).
  • a structure having two monovalent groups each having one hydrogen atom as a bond is preferable, a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (23), (40) and (51),
  • a structure having two monovalent groups each having an arbitrary hydrogen atom in the structure as a bond is more preferable, and a structure represented by the above formula (40) is most preferable.
  • the group having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is preferably a monovalent group having any one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure as a bond.
  • the polymer compound (A) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (IV) or the following general formula (V).
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group or an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (—OCOR Or —COOR: R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxyl group.
  • n 3 represents an integer of 0 to 6.
  • R 7 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group or an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (—OCOR Or —COOR: R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxyl group.
  • n 4 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • X 4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV) or the following general formula (V) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • polymer compound (A) (combination of each repeating unit) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound (A) is preferably 1000 to 200000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, still more preferably 3000 to 10000, and particularly preferably 3000 to 7000.
  • the dispersity (molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of the polymer compound (A) is preferably 1.7 or less, and more preferably 1.0 to 1.50 from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and resolution. It is particularly preferably 1.0 to 1.40.
  • the polymer compound (A) having the above preferable degree of dispersion it is preferably produced by a production method using a polymer of a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (5) having a low degree of dispersion as a raw material. .
  • R 1 in the formula has the same meaning as R 1 in the general formula (1).
  • the dispersity of the raw material polymer used in the above production method is preferably 1.0 to 1.30, more preferably 1.0 to 1.20 in consideration of the possibility of oligomerization by side reaction.
  • the polymer used as a raw material for the above production method is preferably a living polymer such as a living anion polymerization, whereby the degree of dispersion of the resulting polymer compound becomes uniform.
  • the polymer compound (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymer compound (A) is preferably 50 to 97% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition. More preferably, it is 70 to 93% by mass.
  • the acid generator includes a compound that generates sulfonic acid, imide acid, or methide acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the acid generator in the form include a sulfonium salt, an iodonium salt, a phosphonium salt, an oxime sulfonate, and an imide sulfonate.
  • the acid generator used in the present invention is not limited to a low molecular compound, and a polymer compound is a group that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation in a range where the volume of the generated acid is 130 to 3 to 2000 to 3 .
  • a compound introduced into the main chain or side chain can also be used.
  • a group capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is present in the repeating unit which is a copolymerization component of the polymer compound (A) used in the present invention, There may be no acid generator of a different molecule from the polymer compound.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and 1000 or less. Is more preferable.
  • the acid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays.
  • preferred onium compounds include sulfonium compounds represented by the following general formula (7) or iodonium compounds represented by the general formula (8).
  • R a1 , R a2 , R a3 , R a4 and R a5 each independently represent an organic group.
  • X ⁇ represents an organic anion.
  • R a1 to R a3 of the general formula (7) and R a4 and R a5 of the general formula (8) each independently represent an organic group, preferably at least one of R a1 to R a3 ,
  • at least one of R a4 and R a5 is an aryl group.
  • the aryl group a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the organic anion X ⁇ in the general formulas (7) and (8) include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a bis (alkylsulfonyl) amide anion, and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion.
  • Rc 1 , Rc 2 , Rc 3 and Rc 4 each represents an organic group.
  • the organic anion of X ⁇ corresponds to sulfonic acid, imide acid, methide acid, etc., which are acids generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation such as electron beams and extreme ultraviolet rays.
  • Examples of the organic group of R c1 to R c4 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group in which a plurality of these are connected.
  • a plurality of the organic groups represented by R c2 to R c4 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and examples of the group in which the plurality of organic groups are connected include an alkylene group substituted with a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group. Is preferred.
  • the acidity of the acid generated by light irradiation is increased and the sensitivity is improved.
  • the terminal group preferably does not contain a fluorine atom as a substituent.
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid is a compound that generates an acid having a volume of 130 to 3 or more (more preferably, a sulfonic acid). As described above, since the compound (B) generates an acid having a volume of 130 3 or more, excellent results regarding resolution, PED stability, and LER performance can be obtained.
  • volume 190 ⁇ 3 or more is preferable that the size of the acid (more preferably sulfonic acid) is a compound capable of generating a volume 270 ⁇ 3 or more the size of the acid ( preferably more than it is more preferably a compound capable of generating a sulfonic acid), it is particularly preferable acid (more preferably a volume 400 ⁇ 3 or more in size is a compound capable of generating a sulfonic acid).
  • the volume is 2000 3 or less, and more preferably 1500 3 or less.
  • 1 ⁇ corresponds to 0.1 nm.
  • the volume value was determined using “WinMOPAC” manufactured by Fujitsu Limited. That is, first, the chemical structure of the acid according to each example is input, and then the most stable conformation of each acid is determined by molecular force field calculation using the MM3 method with this structure as the initial structure. By performing molecular orbital calculation using the PM3 method for these most stable conformations, the “accessible volume” of each acid can be calculated.
  • particularly preferred acid generators are exemplified below.
  • the calculated value of the volume is appended to a part of the example (unit 3 3 ).
  • required here is a volume value of the acid which the proton couple
  • An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the acid generator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 25% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the content is 5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 18% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably further contains a basic compound as an acid scavenger.
  • a basic compound By using a basic compound, the change in performance over time from exposure to post-heating can be reduced.
  • Such basic compounds are preferably organic basic compounds, and more specifically, aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, nitrogen-containing compounds having a carboxyl group, and sulfonyl groups.
  • Amine oxide compound (described in JP-A-2008-102383), ammonium salt (preferably hydroxide or carboxylate. More specifically, tetraalkylammonium hydroxide represented by tetrabutylammonium hydroxide is LER. Is preferable from the viewpoint). Furthermore, a compound whose basicity is increased by the action of an acid can also be used as one kind of basic compound.
  • amines include tri-n-butylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-decylamine, triisodecylamine, dicyclohexylmethylamine, tetradecylamine, pentadecylamine , Hexadecylamine, octadecylamine, didecylamine, methyloctadecylamine, dimethylundecylamine, N, N-dimethyldodecylamine, methyldioctadecylamine, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline, 2,6- Diisopropylaniline, 2,4,6-tri (t-butyl) aniline, triethanolamine, N, N-dihydroxyethylaniline, tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine, and columns 3, 60 of US
  • Compounds having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure include 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, N-hydroxyethylpiperidine, bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl ) Sebacate, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, antipyrine, hydroxyantipyrine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -undec-7-ene And tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • a photodegradable basic compound initially a basic nitrogen atom acts as a base to show basicity, but is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to have an amphoteric group having a basic nitrogen atom and an organic acid moiety.
  • Compounds in which basicity is reduced or eliminated by generating ionic compounds and neutralizing them in the molecule such as Japanese Patent No. 3577743, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-215589, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-166476, An onium salt described in JP-A-2008-102383
  • a photobasic generator for example, a compound described in JP-A-2010-243773 are also used as appropriate.
  • ammonium salts are preferable from the viewpoint of improving resolution.
  • the content of the basic compound in the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 5% by mass, and 0.05 to 3% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition. Particularly preferred.
  • the basic compound in the present invention is preferably the above “photodegradable basic compound”, and is “a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (C) whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation”. It is more preferable.
  • the basic compound or ammonium salt compound (C) whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with such actinic rays or radiation is an onium salt compound (hereinafter referred to as “compound (E)”) containing a nitrogen atom in the cation moiety described below. ").
  • Examples of the onium salt compound include a diazonium salt compound, a phosphonium salt compound, a sulfonium salt compound, and an iodonium salt compound.
  • This onium salt compound typically includes a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation moiety.
  • “basic site” means a site where the pKa of the conjugate acid at the cation site of compound (E) is ⁇ 3 or more.
  • This pKa is preferably in the range of -3 to 15, more preferably in the range of 0 to 15.
  • this pKa means the calculated value calculated
  • the basic moiety includes, for example, a structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group (a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from ammonia, primary amine, or secondary amine; the same applies hereinafter) and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group.
  • the amino group is preferably an aliphatic amino group.
  • the aliphatic amino group means a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an aliphatic amine.
  • an electron-withdrawing functional group such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom
  • the onium salt compound may have two or more of the above basic sites.
  • the cation part of the compound (E) contains an amino group
  • the cation part preferably has a partial structure represented by the following general formula (NI).
  • R A and R B each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • X represents a single bond or a linking group. At least two of R A , R B and X may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the organic group represented by R A or R B include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a lactone group, and a sultone group. .
  • These groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a cyano group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R A or R B may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of such an alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, an octadecyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, and a t-butyl group. Examples thereof include a butyl group, a 1-ethylpentyl group, and a 2-ethylhexyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R A or R B may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R A or R B may be linear or branched.
  • the alkenyl group has preferably 2 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a styryl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R A or R B preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclic hydrocarbon group represented by R A or R B preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclic hydrocarbon group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. This heterocyclic hydrocarbon group preferably has aromaticity.
  • the heterocyclic ring contained in the above group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • heterocycle examples include imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, 2H-pyrrole ring, 3H-indole ring, 1H-indazole, purine ring, isoquinoline ring, 4H-quinolidine ring, Quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, cinnoline ring, pteridine ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, phenazine ring, perimidine ring, triazine ring, benzisoquinoline ring, thiazole ring, thiadiazine ring , An azepine ring, an azocine ring, an isothiazole ring, an isoxazole ring, and a benzo
  • the lactone group represented by R A or R B is, for example, a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, and other ring structures in the form of forming a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure on the 5- to 7-membered lactone group. It may be a condensed ring.
  • the sultone group represented by R A or R B is, for example, a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone group, and other ring structures in the form of forming a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in the 5- to 7-membered ring sultone group. It may be a condensed ring. Specifically, a group having the structure shown below is preferable.
  • the lactone group and sultone group may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred examples of the substituent (Rb 2) the same substituents as those described as the substituent of R A and R B in the above.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
  • Examples of the linking group represented by X include a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, and combinations of two or more thereof. Groups and the like. X is more preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, a group in which an alkylene group and an ether bond are combined, or a group in which an alkylene group and an ester bond are combined. The number of atoms of the linking group represented by X is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 15 or less.
  • the above linear or branched alkylene group and cycloalkylene group preferably have 8 or less carbon atoms and may have a substituent.
  • the above substituents are preferably those having 8 or less carbon atoms, for example, alkyl groups (1 to 4 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups (1 to 4 carbon atoms), carboxyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups (carbon atoms). 2 to 6). At least two of R A , R B and X may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is preferably 4 to 20, which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may contain an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, ester bond, amide bond or carbonyl group in the ring. Good.
  • this nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group is preferably a group containing a piperidine ring, morpholine ring, pyridine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazine ring, pyrrole ring, or pyrimidine ring.
  • the onium salt compound (E) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (4).
  • A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom
  • R A represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group
  • R B represents a (p + 1) -valent organic group
  • X represents a single bond or a linking group
  • a N represents Represents a basic moiety containing a nitrogen atom.
  • R A , R B , X and A N may be the same or different.
  • A is a sulfur atom
  • q is an integer of 1 to 3
  • A is an iodine atom
  • q is 1 or 2
  • R A , X, R B and A N may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the (p + 1) -valent organic group represented by R B include, for example, a chain (linear, branched) or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, and aromatic hydrocarbon group. Of these, an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. When R B is an aromatic hydrocarbon group, those bonded at the p-position (1,4-position) of the aromatic hydrocarbon group are preferred.
  • the linking group represented by X has the same meaning as the linking group represented by X in the general formula (NI) described above, and the same specific examples can be given.
  • Basic moiety represented by A N is synonymous with "base site" contained in the cationic portion of the compound described above (E), for example, include an amino group or a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group. When the basic moiety includes an amino group, examples of the amino group include —N (R A ) (R B ) group in the above general formula (NI).
  • the alkyl group represented by R A may be linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of such an alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, an octadecyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, and a t-butyl group. Examples thereof include a butyl group, a 1-ethylpentyl group, and a 2-ethylhexyl group.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R A may be linear or branched.
  • the alkenyl group has preferably 2 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl groups include vinyl groups, allyl groups, and styryl groups.
  • the aliphatic cyclic group represented by R A is, for example, a cycloalkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Preferred examples of the aliphatic cyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R A is preferably one having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of such a group include aryl groups such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R A is preferably a phenyl group.
  • the heterocyclic hydrocarbon group represented by R A may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. This heterocyclic hydrocarbon group preferably has aromaticity.
  • the heterocyclic ring contained in the above group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • heterocycle examples include imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, 2H-pyrrole ring, 3H-indole ring, 1H-indazole, purine ring, isoquinoline ring, 4H-quinolidine ring, Quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, cinnoline ring, pteridine ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, phenazine ring, perimidine ring, triazine ring, benzisoquinoline ring, thiazole ring, thiadiazine ring , An azepine ring, an azocine ring, an isothiazole ring, an isoxazole ring, and a benzo
  • R A is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or two R A are bonded to form a ring.
  • the ring that may be formed by combining at least two of R A , X, R, and A N with each other is preferably a 4- to 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • a ring is particularly preferable.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • examples of the substituent include the following.
  • examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (—F, —Br, —Cl, or —I), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, and an acyloxy group.
  • a halogen atom —F, —Br, —Cl, or —I
  • p is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 1.
  • X in at least one of the p — (X—A N ) groups bonded to at least one of the aromatic hydrocarbon groups is a carbon atom at the bond to the aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • a linking group is preferred. That is, the compounds in this embodiment (E), a basic moiety represented by A N is through a carbon atom directly bonded to the aromatic hydrocarbon groups represented by R B, bonded to the aromatic hydrocarbon group is doing.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R B may include a heterocyclic ring as the aromatic ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the aromatic ring group preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of such a group include aryl groups such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon groups represented by R B is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, particularly preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R B may further have a substituent other than the group represented by — (X—A N ) described below. As a substituent, what was previously enumerated as a substituent in RA can be used, for example.
  • the linking group as X in the at least one — (XA N ) group substituted on the aromatic ring R B has a bond with the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R B. If it is a carbon atom, it will not specifically limit.
  • the linking group includes, for example, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—, —CO—, or a combination thereof.
  • the linking group includes these groups, —O—, —S—, —OCO—, —S ( ⁇ O) —, —S ( ⁇ O) 2 —, —OS ( ⁇ O) 2 —, and —NR.
  • a combination with at least one selected from the group consisting of “-” may be included.
  • R ′ represents, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkylene group that can be contained in the linking group represented by X may be linear or branched.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of such an alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group.
  • the cycloalkylene group that may be contained in the linking group represented by X may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the cycloalkylene group preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of such a cycloalkylene group include a 1,4-cyclohexylene group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the arylene group that can be contained in the linking group represented by X is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10.
  • Examples of such an arylene group include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group. At least one X is preferably represented by the following general formula (N-III) or (N-IV).
  • R 2 and R 3 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aliphatic cyclic group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • At least one of R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to E to form a ring.
  • E represents a linking group or a single bond.
  • J represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • E represents a linking group or a single bond.
  • the ring that can be formed by combining R 2 and R 3 and the ring that can be formed by combining at least one of R 2 and R 3 with E is preferably a 4- to 7-membered ring. A 6-membered ring is more preferable.
  • R 2 and R 3 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the linking group represented by E is, for example, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —OCO—, —S ( ⁇ O) —, — S ( ⁇ O) 2 —, —OS ( ⁇ O) 2 —, —NR—, or a combination thereof is included.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, for example.
  • the linking group represented by E is an alkylene bond, ester bond, ether bond, thioether bond, urethane bond
  • the linking group represented by E is more preferably an alkylene bond, an ester bond, or an ether bond.
  • the compound (E) may be a compound having a plurality of sites containing nitrogen atoms.
  • the compound (E) may be a compound in which at least one of R A in the general formula (4) has a structure represented by the general formula (NI).
  • the compound (E) represented by the general formula (4) is represented by the following general formula (NV).
  • X, A N and Y - have the same meaning as each group in formula (4), and specific examples and preferred examples are also the same.
  • R 14 , R 15 , r and l have the same meanings as the groups and indices in General Formula (ZI-4) representing one embodiment of the photoacid generator, and specific examples and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the compound (E) represented by the general formula (4) is represented by the following general formula (N-VI).
  • A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom.
  • Ar each independently represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • X 1 each independently represents a divalent linking group.
  • R 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • Y ⁇ represents an anion (the details are as described later as the anion part of the compound (E)).
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, aliphatic cyclic group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, and heterocyclic hydrocarbon group as R 11 include alkyl as R A in the general formula (4). Specific examples and preferred examples of the group, alkenyl group, aliphatic cyclic group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic hydrocarbon group are the same.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group as Ar are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group as R B in the general formula (4).
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the divalent linking group as X 1 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the linking group as X in the general formula (4).
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the organic group as R 12 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the organic group as R A and R B in the general formula (NI).
  • the aspect in which X is an alkylene group (for example, a methylene group) and two R 12 are bonded to each other to form a ring is a view point of post-exposure heating (PEB) temperature dependence and post-exposure line width (PED) stability. Is particularly preferable.
  • the anion contained in the compound (E) is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion.
  • the non-nucleophilic anion is an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction, and an anion capable of suppressing degradation with time due to intramolecular nucleophilic reaction. Thereby, the temporal stability of the composition according to the present invention is improved.
  • non-nucleophilic anion examples include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a sulfonylimide anion, a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methyl anion.
  • sulfonate anion examples include an aliphatic sulfonate anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion, and a camphor sulfonate anion.
  • carboxylate anion examples include an aliphatic carboxylate anion, an aromatic carboxylate anion, and an aralkylcarboxylate anion.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methyl Group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, pentyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group , Tridecyl group, tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, octadecyl group, nonadecyl group, eicosyl group,
  • the aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion include, for example, a nitro group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), carboxy group A hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 15), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 14), an alkoxycarbonyl group ( Preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms, acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (Preferably 1 to 15 carbon atom
  • examples of the substituent further include an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 15).
  • examples of the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic carboxylate anion include the same alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as in the aliphatic sulfonate anion.
  • examples of the aromatic group in the aromatic carboxylate anion include the same aryl group as in the aromatic sulfonate anion.
  • the aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group in the aliphatic carboxylate anion, aromatic carboxylate anion and aralkylcarboxylate anion may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group in the aliphatic carboxylate anion, aromatic carboxylate anion and aralkylcarboxylate anion include, for example, the same halogen atom and alkyl as in the aromatic sulfonate anion Group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group and the like.
  • Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
  • the alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methyl anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, Examples thereof include an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a pentyl group, and a neopentyl group.
  • substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and the like.
  • Alkyl groups substituted with fluorine atoms are preferred.
  • two alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion are bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure.
  • the cyclic structure formed is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring.
  • non-nucleophilic anions examples include fluorinated phosphorus, fluorinated boron, and fluorinated antimony.
  • non-nucleophilic anion examples include an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which the ⁇ -position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, and an alkyl group having a fluorine atom.
  • a substituted bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom are preferred.
  • the non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, a perfluorooctanesulfonate anion, Pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anion, 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonate anion.
  • a non-nucleophilic anion is represented by the following general formula (LD1), for example.
  • Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group.
  • L each independently represents a divalent linking group.
  • Cy represents a cyclic organic group.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 20.
  • y represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More specifically, Xf is a fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C 8 F 17 , CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 C 4 F 9 Or CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 is preferred.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group.
  • This alkyl group may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group having a substituent as R 1 and R 2 include, for example, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C 8 F 17 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 Examples include F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 , and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 , among which CF 3 is preferable.
  • L represents a divalent linking group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group include —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, and a cycloalkylene group. And alkenylene groups. Among these, —CONH—, —CO—, or —SO 2 — is preferable, and —CONH— or —SO 2 — is more preferable.
  • Cy represents a cyclic organic group. Examples of the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group. The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, is a PEB (heating after exposure) step.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
  • a naphthyl group having a relatively low light absorbance at 193 nm is preferable.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but the polycyclic group can suppress acid diffusion more.
  • the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • heterocyclic ring not having aromaticity examples include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • a heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
  • the lactone ring include the lactone rings exemplified for R A and R B in the general formula (N-1).
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid ester group. It is done.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the cycloalkyl group preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • x is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1.
  • y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
  • z is preferably 0 to 8, more preferably 0 to 4.
  • a non-nucleophilic anion is represented by the following general formula (LD2), for example.
  • Rf is a group containing a fluorine atom.
  • the group containing a fluorine atom represented by Rf include an alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, and an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom. . These alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, or may be substituted with another substituent containing a fluorine atom.
  • Rf is a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom or an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom
  • other substituents containing a fluorine atom include, for example, alkyl substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Groups. Further, these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be further substituted with a substituent not containing a fluorine atom. As this substituent, the thing which does not contain a fluorine atom among what was demonstrated about Cy previously can be mentioned, for example.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include those described above as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom represented by Xf.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorocyclopentyl group and a perfluorocyclohexyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorophenyl group.
  • Preferred embodiments of the anion moiety of compound (E) include the structures exemplified as preferred anion structures of the photoacid generator in addition to the structures represented by the general formulas (LD1) and (LD2) described above. .
  • the compound (E) has a fluorine content represented by (total mass of all fluorine atoms contained in the compound) / (total mass of all atoms contained in the compound) of 0.30 or less. It is preferably 0.25 or less, more preferably 0.20 or less, particularly preferably 0.15 or less, and most preferably 0.10 or less. Although the specific example of a compound (E) is given to the following, it is not limited to these.
  • a compound (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the content of the compound (E) is usually in the range of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 10%, based on the total solid content of the composition. It is in the range of mass%.
  • the direction where the volume of the acid generated from the compound (E) is large is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the resolution.
  • composition of the present invention is different from the above polymer compound (A) in having compound having acid crosslinkable group (C ) (Hereinafter also referred to as “compound (C)” or “acid crosslinking agent (C)”).
  • the compound (C) is preferably a compound containing two or more hydroxymethyl groups or alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule. Moreover, it is preferable that a compound (C) contains the methylol group from a viewpoint of LER improvement.
  • the compound (C ′) is preferably a hydroxymethylated or alkoxymethylated phenol compound, an alkoxymethylated melamine compound, an alkoxymethylglycoluril compound, and an alkoxymethylated urea compound.
  • Particularly preferred compounds (C ′) include phenol derivatives and alkoxymethyl glycols having 3 to 5 benzene rings in the molecule, and further having two or more hydroxymethyl groups or alkoxymethyl groups, and a molecular weight of 1200 or less. Examples include uril derivatives.
  • the alkoxymethyl group a methoxymethyl group and an ethoxymethyl group are preferable.
  • a phenol derivative having a hydroxymethyl group can be obtained by reacting a corresponding phenol compound having no hydroxymethyl group with formaldehyde under a base catalyst.
  • a phenol derivative having an alkoxymethyl group can be obtained by reacting a corresponding phenol derivative having a hydroxymethyl group with an alcohol in the presence of an acid catalyst.
  • Examples of another preferable compound (C ′) further have an N-hydroxymethyl group or an N-alkoxymethyl group such as alkoxymethylated melamine compounds, alkoxymethylglycoluril compounds, and alkoxymethylated urea compounds.
  • a compound can be mentioned.
  • Examples of such compounds include hexamethoxymethyl melamine, hexaethoxymethyl melamine, tetramethoxymethyl glycoluril, 1,3-bismethoxymethyl-4,5-bismethoxyethylene urea, bismethoxymethyl urea, and the like.
  • 133, 216A West German Patent 3,634,671, 3,711,264, EP 0,212,482A.
  • the compound (C ′) those particularly preferred are listed below.
  • L 1 to L 8 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxymethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the compound (C ′) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 1 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
  • R 2 and R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group.
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 2 or more carbon atoms. R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 and R 6 are preferably a hydrocarbon group having 5 or less carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 4 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, Examples include a propyl group and an isopropyl group.
  • R 2 and R 5 for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and as a cycloalkyl group, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and as an aryl group, For example, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred, and an acyl group having, for example, an alkyl moiety having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • R 2 and R 5 are preferably alkyl groups, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably methyl groups.
  • Examples of the organic group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by R 3 and R 4 include an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other. It is preferable to form the ring described in detail below.
  • Examples of the ring formed by combining R 3 and R 4 with each other include, for example, an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring, or a combination of two or more of these rings
  • the polycyclic fused ring formed can be mentioned.
  • These rings may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. , A nitro group, a halogen, or a hydroxy group.
  • R 3 and R 4 in the general formula (I) are preferably bonded to form a polycyclic fused ring containing a benzene ring, and more preferably a fluorene structure is formed. preferable.
  • R 3 and R 4 in the general formula (I) are preferably bonded to form a fluorene structure represented by the following general formula (Ia).
  • R 7 and R 8 each independently represents a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a nitro group, a halogen, and a hydroxy group.
  • n1 and n2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1. * Represents a linking site with a phenol nucleus.
  • the compound (C ′) is preferably represented by the following general formula (Ib).
  • R 1b and R 6b each independently represents an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
  • R 2b and R 5b each independently represents an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Z represents an atomic group necessary for forming a ring together with the carbon atom in the formula.
  • the ring formed by Z together with the carbon atom in the formula is the same as that described for the ring formed by combining R 3 and R 4 with each other in the description of the general formula (I).
  • the compound (C ′) is preferably a compound having a total of two or more aromatic rings and two alkoxymethyl groups and / or hydroxymethyl groups in the molecule.
  • the manufacturing method of compound (C ') represented by general formula (I) is demonstrated.
  • the bisphenol compound serving as the mother nucleus of the compound (C ′) represented by the general formula (I) is generally a dehydration condensation reaction between two corresponding molecules of a phenol compound and one corresponding molecule of a ketone in the presence of an acid catalyst. To be synthesized.
  • the obtained bisphenol compound is treated with paraformaldehyde and dimethylamine and aminomethylated to obtain an intermediate represented by the following general formula (IC). Subsequently, the target acid crosslinking agent is obtained through acetylation, deacetylation, and alkylation.
  • R ⁇ 1 >, R ⁇ 3 >, R ⁇ 4 > and R ⁇ 6 > are synonymous with each group in general formula (I).
  • This synthesis method has an effect of inhibiting particle formation because it is difficult to produce an oligomer as compared with a synthesis method via a hydroxymethyl compound under a basic condition (for example, JP 2008-273844 A).
  • a synthesis method via a hydroxymethyl compound under a basic condition for example, JP 2008-273844 A.
  • Specific examples of the compound (C ′) represented by the general formula (I) are shown below.
  • the compound (C ′) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of a good pattern shape, it is preferable to use a combination of two or more.
  • the compound (C) containing an acid crosslinkable group is different from the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) in the polymer compound (A) and contains a resin (compound (C ′′ )).
  • the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may or may not contain the compound (C), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (C) is negative.
  • the total solid content of the mold-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass.
  • the negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)”, particularly when applied to immersion exposure. Or simply “resin (D)”.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably different from the polymer compound (A).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is unevenly distributed in the film surface layer, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is selected from any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (D) may be contained in the main chain of the resin. , May be contained in the side chain.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom
  • it is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group having a fluorine atom preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • alkyl group having a fluorine atom examples include groups represented by the following general formulas (F2) to (F4).
  • the invention is not limited to this.
  • R 57 to R 68 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (straight or branched). However, at least one of R 57 to R 61, at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. Represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). All of R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are preferably fluorine atoms.
  • R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further preferred. R 62 and R 63 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, and a 3,5-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F3) include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoropropyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, heptafluorobutyl group, hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2 -Methyl) isopropyl group, nonafluorobutyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluorohexyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group, perfluoroisopentyl group, perfluorooctyl group, perfluoro (trimethyl) hexyl group, 2,2 ,
  • Hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2-methyl) isopropyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group and perfluoroisopentyl group are preferable, and hexafluoroisopropyl group and heptafluoroisopropyl group are preferable. Further preferred.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F4) include, for example, —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C (C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C (CF 3 ) (CH 3 ) OH, —CH (CF 3 ) OH and the like are mentioned, and —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferable.
  • the partial structure containing a fluorine atom may be directly bonded to the main chain, and further from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond and a ureylene bond. You may couple
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 .
  • X 2 represents —F or —CF 3 .
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may contain a silicon atom.
  • the partial structure having a silicon atom is preferably a resin having an alkylsilyl structure (preferably a trialkylsilyl group) or a cyclic siloxane structure.
  • Specific examples of the alkylsilyl structure or the cyclic siloxane structure include groups represented by the following general formulas (CS-1) to (CS-3).
  • R 12 to R 26 each independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • L 3 to L 5 each represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, and a urea bond, or a combination of two or more ( Preferably, the total carbon number is 12 or less).
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • n is preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 .
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) it is also preferred to include CH 3 partial structure side chain moiety.
  • the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain portion in the resin (D) (hereinafter also simply referred to as “side chain CH 3 partial structure”) has a CH 3 partial structure of an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like. Is included.
  • a methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the resin (D) (for example, ⁇ -methyl group of a repeating unit having a methacrylic acid structure) causes uneven distribution of the surface of the resin (D) due to the influence of the main chain. Since the contribution is small, it is not included in the CH 3 partial structure.
  • the resin (D) includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M).
  • R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”, the CH 3 is not included in the CH 3 partial structure.
  • CH 3 partial structure exists through some atoms from C-C backbone, and those falling under CH 3 partial structures in the present invention.
  • R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 )
  • it has “one” CH 3 partial structure.
  • R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
  • R 11 to R 14 in the side chain portion include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group for R 11 to R 14 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylaminocarbonyl.
  • Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and as such a repeating unit, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II), and It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by the following general formula (III).
  • X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom
  • R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid.
  • the acid-stable organic group is a non-acid-decomposable organic group
  • non-acid-decomposable means that a photoacid generator is used as described in the section of the polymer compound (A). It means the property that the decomposition reaction does not occur due to the generated acid.
  • the alkyl group of Xb1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
  • X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the above cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a substituent.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
  • the alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • preferable alkyl groups include isopropyl group, isobutyl group, 3-pentyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 3-hexyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, and 3-methyl-4.
  • the cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples include groups having a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo, tetracyclo structure or the like having 5 or more carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6-30, and particularly preferably 7-25.
  • Preferred cycloalkyl groups include adamantyl group, noradamantyl group, decalin residue, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, norbornyl group, cedrol group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, A cyclodecanyl group and a cyclododecanyl group can be mentioned. More preferable examples include an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and tricyclodecanyl group.
  • the alkenyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a branched alkenyl group.
  • the aryl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. is there.
  • the aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • hydrocarbon group having two or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 include isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, 3-pentyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl. Group, 3-hexyl group, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, isooctyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group, 3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl group, 4-t-butylcyclohexyl group, isobornyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
  • X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom
  • R 3 represents an acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • the alkyl group of Xb2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 3 is an organic group that is stable to an acid, more specifically, the organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). It is preferable that
  • R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • the alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • preferable alkyl groups include isopropyl group, isobutyl group, 3-pentyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 3-hexyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, and 3-methyl-4.
  • alkyl group having two or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 include isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, 3-pentyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 3-hexyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, isooctyl group, 2,4, 4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group, etc. .
  • it has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and is an isopropyl group, t-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, or 3-methyl-4-hexyl group. 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3, 5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group and 2,6-dimethylheptyl group.
  • N represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
  • the content of at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by (III) is preferably 90 mol% or more, and 95 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (D). It is more preferable that The content is usually 100 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units of the resin (D).
  • Resin (D) is a repeating unit represented by general formula (II), and at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by general formula (III)
  • the surface free energy of the resin (D) increases.
  • the resin (D) is less likely to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, and the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film with respect to water can be reliably improved, and the immersion liquid followability can be improved.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) includes the following (x) to (z) regardless of whether (i) a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom is included or (ii) a CH 3 partial structure is included in the side chain portion. ) May have at least one group selected from the group of (X) an acid group, (Y) a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group, (Z) a group decomposable by the action of an acid
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) A methylene group etc. are mentioned.
  • Preferred acid groups include fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), sulfonimide groups, and
  • the repeating unit having an acid group (x) includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a resin having a linking group. Examples include a repeating unit in which an acid group is bonded to the main chain, and a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group can be introduced at the end of the polymer chain at the time of polymerization. preferable.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group (x) may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) is preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 35 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 5%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (D). 20 mol%.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • a group having a lactone structure is particularly preferable.
  • the repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which this group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester.
  • this repeating unit may be a repeating unit in which this group is bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • this repeating unit may be introduce
  • repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure examples include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the acid-decomposable resin (A).
  • the content of the repeating unit having “group having lactone structure, acid anhydride group, or acid imide group (y)” is 1 to 100 mol% based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (D). It is preferably 3 to 98 mol%, more preferably 5 to 95 mol%.
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid has an acid-decomposable group that an acid-decomposable resin widely known to be contained in a resist composition has. Repeat units can be used as they are.
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (D). The amount is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may further have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
  • R c31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (which may be substituted with a fluorine atom or the like), a cyano group, or a —CH 2 —O—Rac 2 group.
  • Rac 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
  • R c31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R c32 represents a group having an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group or an aryl group. These groups may be substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
  • L c3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R c32 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkenyl group is preferably a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and these may have a substituent.
  • R c32 is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the divalent linking group of L c3 is preferably an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5), an ether bond, a phenylene group, or an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, more preferably 10 to 90 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 30 to 70 mol% is more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (CII-AB).
  • R c11 ′ and R c12 ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Zc ′ represents an atomic group for forming an alicyclic structure containing two bonded carbon atoms (C—C).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (CII-AB) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, and preferably 10 to 90 mol%. More preferred is 30 to 70 mol%.
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, CF 3 or CN.
  • the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 10 to 80% by mass. More preferably. Further, the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) has a silicon atom
  • the content of the silicon atom is preferably 2 to 50% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 2 to 30% by mass. More preferably.
  • the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
  • the resin (D) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion
  • a form in which the resin (D) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom is also preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol based on all repeating units in the resin (D). % Or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no fluorine atom and no silicon atom.
  • resin (D) is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom is 95 mol% or more in the total repeating units of the resin (D). Preferably, it is 97 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or more, and ideally 100 mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (D) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is 1 to 7% by mass.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) has a small amount of impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer or oligomer component is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3%. Even more preferred are mass%, 0.05-1 mass%.
  • Mw / Mn also referred to as dispersity
  • dispersity is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) various commercially available products can be used, and the hydrophobic resin (D) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
  • a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • the reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (D),
  • the concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • hydrophobic resin (D) Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) are shown below.
  • the following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), the weight average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion.
  • the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may further contain a surfactant in order to improve coatability.
  • surfactants include, but are not limited to, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl allyl ethers, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene Fluorine such as nonionic surfactants such as sorbitan fatty acid esters, MegaFac F171 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals), Florard FC430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), Surfinol E1004 (manufactured by Asahi Glass), PF656 and PF6320 manufactured by OMNOVA Surfactants and organosiloxane polymers.
  • the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may or may not contain a surfactant, but when it contains a surfactant, its content is the total amount of the composition (the solvent Is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
  • Organic carboxylic acid The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains an organic carboxylic acid in addition to the above components.
  • organic carboxylic acid compounds include aliphatic carboxylic acid, alicyclic carboxylic acid, unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic acid, oxycarboxylic acid, alkoxycarboxylic acid, ketocarboxylic acid, benzoic acid derivative, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid 2-naphthoic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, 2-hydroxy-3-naphthoic acid and the like.
  • preferred compounds include aromatic organic carboxylic acids, among which, for example, benzoic acid, 1 -Hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid and 2-hydroxy-3-naphthoic acid are preferred.
  • the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may or may not contain an organic carboxylic acid, but when it is contained, the compounding ratio of the organic carboxylic acid is the polymer compound (A).
  • the amount is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.01 to 3 parts by mass.
  • the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may further comprise a dye, a plasticizer, an acid proliferating agent (WO95 / 29968, WO98 / 24000).
  • Carboxylic acid onium salt The negative active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may contain a carboxylic acid onium salt.
  • the carboxylic acid onium salt include a carboxylic acid sulfonium salt, a carboxylic acid iodonium salt, and a carboxylic acid ammonium salt.
  • the carboxylic acid onium salt is preferably a carboxylic acid sulfonium salt or a carboxylic acid iodonium salt.
  • it is preferable that the carboxylate residue of the carboxylic acid onium salt does not contain an aromatic group or a carbon-carbon double bond.
  • a particularly preferred anion moiety is a linear, branched, monocyclic or polycyclic alkylcarboxylic acid anion having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferably, an anion of a carboxylic acid in which some or all of these alkyl groups are fluorine-substituted is preferable.
  • the alkyl chain may contain an oxygen atom. This ensures transparency with respect to light of 220 nm or less, improves sensitivity and resolution, and improves density dependency and exposure margin.
  • the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may or may not contain a carboxylic acid onium salt, but when it is contained, the content of the carboxylic acid onium salt is a negative actinic ray-sensitive composition. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.7 to 15% by mass, still more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the radiation-sensitive composition. is there.
  • Solvents that can be used in preparing a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition include, for example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate And organic solvents such as cyclic lactones (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), monoketone compounds which may have a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonates, alkyl alkoxyacetates and alkyl pyruvates. it can. Specific examples of these solvents include those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 [0441] to [0455].
  • the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which contains a hydroxyl group in a structure, and the solvent which does not contain a hydroxyl group as an organic solvent.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate, alkyl butyrate, etc. are preferable, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether (PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate, and methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate are more preferable.
  • PGME propylene glycol Monomethyl ether
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate are particularly preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone is most preferred.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate
  • ethyl ethoxypropionate 2-heptanone
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone cyclohexanone
  • the mixing ratio (mass) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. .
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • the solid concentration of the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 40% by mass. More preferably, it is 1 to 30% by mass, and further preferably 3 to 20% by mass.
  • the present invention also relates to a negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention.
  • a film is, for example, a composition of the present invention. It is formed by applying an object on a support such as a substrate. The thickness of this film is preferably 0.02 to 0.1 ⁇ m.
  • spin coating, roll coating, flow coating, dip coating, spray coating, doctor coating, etc. are applied on the substrate, but spin coating is preferred, and the number of rotations is 1000 to 3000 rpm is preferred.
  • the coating film is prebaked at 60 to 150 ° C.
  • a silicon wafer can be used as the material constituting the substrate to be processed and its outermost layer.
  • the material that becomes the outermost layer include Si, SiO 2 , SiN, SiON, TiN, Examples thereof include WSi, BPSG, SOG, and an organic antireflection film.
  • an antireflection film may be coated on the substrate in advance.
  • the antireflection film any of an inorganic film type such as titanium, titanium dioxide, titanium nitride, chromium oxide, carbon, and amorphous silicon, and an organic film type made of a light absorber and a polymer material can be used.
  • the organic antireflection film commercially available organic antireflection films such as Brewer Science DUV30 series, DUV-40 series, Shipley AR-2, AR-3 and AR-5 may be used. it can.
  • the present invention also relates to a mask blank provided with a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition.
  • the transparent substrate used is quartz, A transparent substrate such as calcium fluoride can be used.
  • a light shielding film, an antireflection film, a phase shift film, and additional functional films such as an etching stopper film and an etching mask film are laminated on the substrate.
  • the material of the functional film examples include silicon or a film containing a transition metal such as chromium, molybdenum, zirconium, tantalum, tungsten, titanium, or niobium.
  • silicon or a material containing oxygen and / or nitrogen in silicon as a main constituent material and further a silicon compound material containing a transition metal-containing material as a main constituent material Or a transition metal, in particular, one or more selected from chromium, molybdenum, zirconium, tantalum, tungsten, titanium, niobium, etc., or a material further containing one or more elements selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and carbon
  • the transition metal compound material is exemplified.
  • the light shielding film may be a single layer, but more preferably has a multilayer structure in which a plurality of materials are applied.
  • the thickness of the film per layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 100 nm, and more preferably 10 to 80 nm.
  • the thickness of the entire light shielding film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 200 nm, and more preferably 10 to 150 nm.
  • a constricted shape is formed in the vicinity of the substrate, which is a so-called undercut shape.
  • This negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation (such as an electron beam) and preferably baked (usually 80 to 150 ° C., more preferably 90 to 130 ° C.), develop. Thereby, a good pattern can be obtained.
  • the above components are dissolved in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtered, and then applied onto a predetermined substrate.
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • filter filtration for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel.
  • the composition may be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to a composition before and behind filter filtration.
  • the present invention includes a step of coating the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition on a substrate to form a film, a step of exposing the film, and developing the exposed film to form a negative pattern And a pattern forming method including the step of forming the pattern.
  • the present invention also relates to a resist pattern forming method including a step of exposing a mask blank having the negative type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and a step of developing the exposed mask blank. .
  • the exposure is preferably performed using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays.
  • exposure (pattern formation process) on the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is first patterned in the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention. It is preferable to perform electron beam or extreme ultraviolet (EUV) irradiation. Exposure in the case of electron beam, 0.1 ⁇ 20 ⁇ C / cm 2, preferably about 3 ⁇ 10 ⁇ C / cm 2 or so, if the extreme ultraviolet, 0.1 ⁇ 20mJ / cm 2, preferably about 3 ⁇ 15 mJ / the exposure so that the cm 2. Next, post-exposure baking (post-exposure baking) is performed on a hot plate at 60 to 150 ° C.
  • EUV extreme ultraviolet
  • the developer is appropriately selected, but it is preferable to use an alkali developer (typically an alkaline aqueous solution) or a developer containing an organic solvent (also referred to as an organic developer).
  • an alkali developer typically an alkaline aqueous solution
  • a developer containing an organic solvent also referred to as an organic developer
  • the developer When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, it is 0.1 to 5% by mass, preferably 2 to 3% by mass alkaline aqueous solution such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (TBAH),
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • TBAH tetrabutylammonium hydroxide
  • the development is performed for 0.1 to 3 minutes, preferably 0.5 to 2 minutes, by a conventional method such as a dip method, a paddle method, or a spray method.
  • An appropriate amount of alcohol and / or surfactant may be added to the alkaline developer.
  • the unexposed portion of the film is dissolved, and the exposed portion is hardly dissolved in the developer, and a target pattern is formed on the substrate.
  • the resist pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an alkali developer
  • examples of the alkali developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and ammonia.
  • Inorganic alkalis such as water, primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, Alcohol amines such as ethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, teto Hexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide
  • an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
  • an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
  • a rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment performed after alkali development pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
  • a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid can be performed.
  • the developer in the step includes a ketone solvent, an ester Polar solvents and hydrocarbon solvents such as system solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents can be used.
  • the ester solvent is a solvent having an ester group in the molecule
  • the ketone solvent is a solvent having a ketone group in the molecule
  • the alcohol solvent is alcoholic in the molecule.
  • It is a solvent having a hydroxyl group
  • an amide solvent is a solvent having an amide group in the molecule
  • an ether solvent is a solvent having an ether bond in the molecule.
  • diethylene glycol monomethyl ether corresponds to both alcohol solvents and ether solvents in the above classification.
  • the hydrocarbon solvent is a hydrocarbon solvent having no substituent.
  • a developer containing at least one kind of solvent selected from ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents and ether solvents is preferable.
  • the developer has 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12, more preferably 7 to 10) from the viewpoint that the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be prevented from swelling. It is preferable to use an ester solvent having 2 or less heteroatoms.
  • the hetero atom of the ester solvent is an atom other than a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms is preferably 2 or less.
  • ester solvents having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms include amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, Examples include heptyl propionate and butyl butanoate, and it is particularly preferable to use isoamyl acetate.
  • the developer may be a mixed solvent of the ester solvent and the hydrocarbon solvent, or the ketone solvent and the carbonized solvent.
  • a mixed solvent of hydrogen solvent may be used. Even in this case, it is effective in suppressing the swelling of the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • isoamyl acetate is preferably used as the ester solvent.
  • a hydrocarbon solvent from the viewpoint of adjusting the solubility of a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a saturated hydrocarbon solvent (for example, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, etc.) Is preferably used.
  • a saturated hydrocarbon solvent for example, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, etc.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl.
  • Examples include butyl and methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate.
  • alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n -Alcohols such as hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono Ethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl Ether, may be mentioned glycol monoethyl ether and methoxymethyl butanol.
  • ether solvent examples include anisole, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
  • amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like.
  • hydrocarbon solvent examples include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane, decane, and undecane.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less examples having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl a
  • vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less examples having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less, which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropio , Ester solvents such as 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl
  • Glycol solvents ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol and other glycol ether solvents, N- Methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide Amide solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as xylene, octane, decane, include aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents undecane.
  • the organic developer may contain a basic compound.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the developer used in the present invention are the same as those in the basic compound that can be contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition described above.
  • the surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used.
  • fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in US Pat. Nos.
  • the surfactant is preferably 0 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • a developing method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc.
  • dip method a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time
  • paddle a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time
  • spray method a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface
  • the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the discharged developer) flow rate per unit area of the liquid) is preferably 2mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5mL / sec / mm 2 or less, still more preferably 1mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
  • the flow rate There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
  • the details of this mechanism are not clear, but perhaps by setting the discharge pressure within the above range, the pressure applied to the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film by the developer decreases, and the negative actinic ray-sensitive or This is considered to be because the radiation-sensitive film / pattern is prevented from being accidentally cut or collapsed.
  • the developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
  • Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
  • a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
  • a step of washing with a rinse solution may be included. From the viewpoint of throughput (productivity), the amount of rinse solution used, etc. It is not necessary to include the step of using and washing.
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinse liquid a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents is used. It is preferable to perform a step of cleaning using a rinse liquid containing an alcohol solvent or a hydrocarbon solvent, and more preferably.
  • the organic solvent contained in the rinsing liquid it is also preferable to use a hydrocarbon solvent among the organic solvents, and it is more preferable to use an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent having 5 or more carbon atoms for example, pentane, hexane, octane, decane, undecane, dodecane, Hexadecane, etc.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 8 or more carbon atoms are preferred
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 10 or more carbon atoms are more preferred.
  • the upper limit of the carbon atom number of the said aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent is not specifically limited, For example, 16 or less is mentioned, 14 or less is preferable and 12 or less is more preferable.
  • decane, undecane, and dodecane are particularly preferable, and undecane is most preferable.
  • a developing solution that has slightly soaked in the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film after development by using a hydrocarbon solvent (especially an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent) as the organic solvent contained in the rinsing solution Is washed away, swelling is further suppressed, and pattern collapse is further suppressed.
  • a plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution.
  • the wafer that has been developed using the developer containing the organic solvent is cleaned using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent.
  • the cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), and the like can be applied. Among these, it is preferable to perform a cleaning process by a spin coating method, rotate the substrate at a rotational speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm, and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate.
  • a heating process (PostBake) after the rinsing process.
  • the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may have a developing step using an organic developer and a developing step using an alkali developer. A portion with low exposure intensity is removed by development using an organic developer, and a portion with high exposure intensity is also removed by development using an alkali developer.
  • a pattern can be formed without dissolving only an intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern than usual can be formed (paragraph of JP 2008-292975 A). [Mechanism similar to [0077]).
  • the present invention also relates to a photomask obtained by exposing and developing the mask blank having the negative radiation sensitive or actinic ray sensitive film. The steps described above are applied as exposure and development.
  • the photomask is preferably used for semiconductor manufacturing.
  • the photomask in the present invention may be a light transmissive mask used in an ArF excimer laser or the like, or a light reflective mask used in reflective lithography using EUV light as a light source.
  • an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention, and details thereof can be referred to, for example, Japanese Patent No. 4109085 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-162101.
  • the resist pattern forming method of the present invention can also be used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACSano Vol. 4 No. 8 Pages 4815-4823). Further, the resist pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core material (core) of a spacer process disclosed in, for example, JP-A-3-270227 and JP-A-2013-164509.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device (preferably a semiconductor device) of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • the polymer compound synthesized may be more than the two-component system.
  • a three-component system that is, a repeating unit having 0 crosslinkable groups, a repeating unit having 1 crosslinkable group, and a repeating unit having 2 crosslinkable groups. There may be. Since it is complicated to distinguish and calculate the ratio of the repeating unit having 1 crosslinkable group and the ratio of the repeating unit having 2 crosslinkable groups, the crosslinkable group ratio defined below can be used in the polymer compound. The number of crosslinkable groups contained was evaluated.
  • the number of reactive sites capable of introducing a methylol group as a crosslinkable group is a maximum of 3 at 2 positions in the ortho position and 1 position in the para position. It is a place.
  • the number of reaction points at which a methylol group can be introduced is 2.
  • the crosslinkable group ratio was calculated by estimating the change before and after the reaction of the integral value of the hydrogen atom at the point where the crosslinkable group can be introduced, from 1 H-NMR.
  • the following table shows the crosslinkable group ratio, weight average molecular weight and dispersity of the polymer compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight and dispersity were calculated by GPC (solvent: THF) measurement.
  • the structure of the polymer compounds A1 to A8 may be a three-component system or more as described above. However, for the sake of simplicity, the structure of the repeating unit having zero crosslinkable groups and the maximum number of crosslinkable groups (reaction points) Only two components of the structure of the repeating unit of (represents the case where all have reacted).
  • the polymer compound A9 is obtained by polymerization of monomers corresponding to the repeating units described in the table below, and substantially has only one component of the repeating units described in the table below.
  • a resist coating solution is applied onto the 6-inch silicon wafer using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 110 ° C. for 90 seconds to obtain a negative actinic ray sensitive or A resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was obtained as a radiation sensitive film. That is, a mask blank provided with a negative type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film was obtained.
  • Negative Resist Pattern Pattern irradiation was performed on this resist film using an electron beam drawing apparatus (manufactured by Elionix Co., Ltd .; ELS-7500, acceleration voltage 50 KeV). After irradiation, it was heated on a hot plate at 120 ° C. for 90 seconds, immersed in an aqueous 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) solution for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds and dried.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • Example 2ER a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 80 nm
  • Comparative Example 3ER a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 70 nm
  • Comparative Example 4ER a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 60 nm.
  • the irradiation energy when resolving a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 65 nm was defined as sensitivity (Eop).
  • the resolving power (nm) was defined as the limiting resolving power (minimum line width at which lines and spaces were separated and resolved) at the exposure amount (electron beam irradiation amount) showing the above sensitivity.
  • Line edge roughness (LER) performance A 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 50 nm was formed with the exposure amount (electron beam irradiation amount) showing the above sensitivity. Then, for any 30 points included in the length direction of 10 ⁇ m, the distance from the reference line where the edge should be was measured using a scanning electron microscope (S-9220, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). And the standard deviation of this distance was calculated
  • Comparative Example 1ER a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 100 nm was compared.
  • Example 2ER a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 80 nm
  • Comparative Example 3ER a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 70 nm
  • Comparative Example 4ER a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 60 nm.
  • the standard deviation of the above distance was obtained for a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 65 nm, and 3 ⁇ was calculated.
  • Comparative Examples 1ER to 5ER a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm could not be resolved. Therefore, in Comparative Example 1ER, the line width of the 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 100 nm was used. The above-mentioned line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount with a dimension of 100 nm. In Comparative Example 2ER, the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 80 nm was 80 nm.
  • Comparative Example 3ER the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 70 nm was 70 nm.
  • Comparative Example 4ER the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 60 nm was 60 nm.
  • Comparative Example 5ER the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 65 nm was 65 nm.
  • Photoacid generator The structure of the photoacid generator used in the examples is shown below together with the volume value of the acid generated by the photoacid generator. Here, the volume value of the acid was obtained by the same calculation method as the volume value of the acid generated from the compound (B).
  • W-1 PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA)
  • W-2 Megafuck F176 (Dainippon Ink Chemical Co., Ltd .; Fluorine)
  • W-3 Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
  • Examples 1E to 33E using the pattern forming method according to the present invention have higher sensitivity, resolution, PED stability, and LER performance than Comparative Examples 1ER to 5ER that do not use this. It turns out that it is compatible in dimension.
  • Example 1F to 10F and Comparative Examples 1FR to 4FR (Create resist film)
  • the resist coating solution prepared as described above was applied using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 110 ° C. for 90 seconds to obtain a negative actinic ray sensitive light
  • a resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was obtained as a radiation sensitive film. That is, a mask blank provided with a negative type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film was obtained.
  • the exposure amount of the obtained resist film is 0-20.0 mJ / cm 2.
  • the film was exposed through a reflective mask having a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 50 nm while changing by 0.1 mJ / cm 2 in the range, and then baked at 110 ° C. for 90 seconds. Then, it developed using the 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • Example 2FR a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 100 nm
  • Comparative Example 3FR a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 85 nm
  • Comparative Example 4FR a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 60 nm.
  • the standard deviation of the above distance was obtained, and 3 ⁇ was calculated.
  • Comparative Example 1FR the line width of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 350 nm was used.
  • the above-mentioned line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount with a dimension of 350 nm.
  • the line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 100 nm was 100 nm.
  • the line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 85 nm was 85 nm.
  • Comparative Example 4FR the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 60 nm was 60 nm.

Abstract

Provided are: a negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition which is capable of forming a pattern having excellent sensitivity, resolution, PED stability and line edge roughness (LER) performance in the formation of an ultra-thin pattern; a negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film which uses this negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition; a mask blank which uses this negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film; a pattern forming method; and a method for manufacturing an electronic device, which uses this pattern forming method. This negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by general formula (1), and (B) a compound which generates an acid having a volume of from 130 Å3 to 2,000 Å3 (inclusive) when irradiated with active light or radiation.

Description

ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法Negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
 本発明は、超LSIや高容量マイクロチップの製造などの超マイクロリソグラフィプロセスやその他のフォトファブリケーションプロセスに好適に用いられる、電子線や極紫外線を使用して高精細化したパターンを形成し得るネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention can form highly refined patterns using electron beams and extreme ultraviolet rays, which are preferably used in ultramicrolithography processes such as the manufacture of VLSI and high-capacity microchips and other photofabrication processes. The present invention relates to a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern formation method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
 従来、ICやLSIなどの半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、フォトレジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィによる微細加工が行われている。近年、集積回路の高集積化に伴い、サブミクロン領域やクオーターミクロン領域の超微細パターン形成が要求されるようになってきている。それに伴い、露光波長もg線からi線に、更にエキシマレーザー光にというように短波長化の傾向が見られ、現在では、電子線やX線を用いたリソグラフィも開発が進んでいる。 Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as IC and LSI, fine processing by lithography using a photoresist composition has been performed. In recent years, with the high integration of integrated circuits, the formation of ultrafine patterns in the submicron region and the quarter micron region has been required. Along with this, the trend of shortening the exposure wavelength from g-line to i-line and further to excimer laser light has been observed, and at present, development using lithography using electron beams and X-rays is also progressing.
 これら電子線やX線、あるいはEUV光リソグラフィは、次世代若しくは次々世代のパターン形成技術として位置付けられ、高感度、高解像性のレジスト組成物が望まれている。ネガ型リソグラフィに適したレジスト組成物としては、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、架橋剤及び酸発生剤を主成分とするいわゆるネガ型化学増幅型レジスト組成物が有効に使用されている(例えば、特許文献1を参照)。 These electron beams, X-rays, or EUV light lithography are positioned as next-generation or next-generation pattern forming technologies, and high-sensitivity and high-resolution resist compositions are desired. As a resist composition suitable for negative lithography, a so-called negative chemically amplified resist composition mainly composed of an alkali-soluble resin, a crosslinking agent and an acid generator is effectively used (for example, see Patent Document 1). reference).
 ネガ型レジストパターンの形成においては、レジスト膜に、現像液による除去が意図された未露光部と、現像液による除去が意図されない露光部とを、露光により設けた場合においても、未露光部のうち、露光部に隣接する領域は、通常、露光量は低いながらも、露光されている(以下、この領域を「弱露光部」という)。よって、弱露光部においても、現像液に対する不溶化又は難溶化が進行することとなり、現像によって形成されるパターン間にブリッジを生じさせる要因となる。 In the formation of a negative resist pattern, even when an unexposed portion intended to be removed by a developer and an exposed portion not intended to be removed by a developer are provided by exposure on the resist film, Of these, the area adjacent to the exposed portion is usually exposed with a low exposure amount (hereinafter, this region is referred to as “weakly exposed portion”). Therefore, even in the weakly exposed area, insolubilization or insolubilization with respect to the developing solution proceeds, causing a bridge between patterns formed by development.
 一方、酸発生剤を含むネガ型化学増幅型レジスト組成物として、酸により架橋反応が進行する架橋基、及び、その架橋基と架橋反応しうる部位、これらの両方をポリマー構造中に有するポリマー(以下、「架橋担持ポリマー」という)が開発されている。低分子架橋剤を用いてネガ化する一般的なネガ型化学増幅型レジスト組成物では、プロセス中における低分子架橋剤の揮発が度々問題となるが、架橋担持ポリマーでは、そのような懸念がないという利点がある。例えば、特許文献2には、フェノール性水酸基を有するポリマーに架橋性基としてメチロール基を有するポリマーが記載されている。 On the other hand, as a negative chemically amplified resist composition containing an acid generator, a polymer having a crosslinking structure in which a crosslinking reaction proceeds with an acid and a site capable of crosslinking reaction with the crosslinking group, both in the polymer structure ( Hereinafter, "crosslinked support polymer") has been developed. In general negative chemically amplified resist compositions that are negatively processed using a low molecular crosslinker, volatilization of the low molecular crosslinker during the process is often a problem, but in a crosslinked support polymer, there is no such concern. There is an advantage. For example, Patent Document 2 describes a polymer having a methylol group as a crosslinkable group in a polymer having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
特開2002-99085号公報JP 2002-99085 A 特開平2-170165号公報JP-A-2-170165
 しかしながら、線幅50nm以下のような超微細パターン形成において、十分な解像性は得られていなかった。
 また、PED安定性(露光後に加熱操作(PEB)を行うまでの間、放置した場合の塗膜安定性)の更なる改善も求められているが、特許文献2においては、PED安定性に関しては言及されていないとともに、実際、PED安定性が不十分である。
 よって、本発明の目的は、特に、超微細(例えば、線幅50nm以下)のパターンの形成において、感度、解像性、PED安定性、及びラインエッジラフネス(LER)性能に優れたパターンを形成することが可能なネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、並びに、それを用いたネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を有するマスクブランクス、パターン形成方法、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び電子デバイスを提供することにある。
However, sufficient resolution has not been obtained in forming an ultrafine pattern having a line width of 50 nm or less.
Moreover, although further improvement of PED stability (coating film stability when it is allowed to stand until it performs heating operation (PEB) after exposure) is requested | required, in patent document 2, regarding PED stability, Not mentioned and in fact PED stability is insufficient.
Therefore, the object of the present invention is to form a pattern excellent in sensitivity, resolution, PED stability, and line edge roughness (LER) performance, particularly in the formation of an ultrafine pattern (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less). Negative-type active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and negative-type active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, negative-type active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using the same An object of the present invention is to provide a mask blank, a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
 本発明らは、鋭意検討した結果、特定構造の高分子化合物と、特定の、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物とを組み合わせたレジスト組成物により上記目的が達成されることを見出した。 As a result of intensive studies, the present inventors have found that the above object can be achieved by a resist composition in which a polymer compound having a specific structure and a specific compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation are combined. It was.
 即ち、本発明は以下の通りである。 That is, the present invention is as follows.
〔1〕
 (A)下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する高分子化合物と、(B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により、体積が130Å以上2000Å以下の酸を発生する化合物とを含む、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 式中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表し、RとRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アラルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はアシル基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Arは芳香族基を表し、mとnは、それぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。
〔2〕
 上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位である、上記〔1〕に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 式中、R、R、R及びRは、一般式(1)中のR、R、R及びRと同義である。m’は1又は2を表し、n’は1~3の整数を表す。
〔3〕
 上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位である、上記〔2〕に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 式中、R、R、及びRは、一般式(1)中のR、R、及びRと同義である。n’は1~3の整数を表す。
〔4〕
 上記化合物(B)がスルホニウム塩である、上記〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
〔5〕
 更に、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(C)を含む、上記〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
〔6〕
 上記化合物(C)が下記一般式(4)で表されるオニウム塩化合物である、上記〔5〕に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 式中、Aは硫黄原子またはヨウ素原子を表し、Rは水素原子または有機基を表し、Rは(p+1)価の有機基を表し、Xは単結合または連結基を表し、Aは窒素原子を含んだ塩基性部位を表す。R、R、X及びAはそれぞれ、複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Aが硫黄原子である場合、qは1~3の整数であり、oはo+q=3の関係を満たす整数である。
 Aがヨウ素原子である場合、qは1又は2であり、oはo+q=2の関係を満たす整数である。
 pは1~10の整数を表し、Yはアニオンを表す。
 R、X、R、Aの少なくとも2つは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
〔7〕
 上記高分子化合物(A)の分散度が、1.0~1.40である上記〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
〔8〕
 上記高分子化合物(A)が、下記一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位の重合体を原料とする製造法により製造された高分子化合物である、上記〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 式中のRは、上記一般式(1)中のRと同義である。
〔9〕
 上記一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位の重合体の分散度が、1.0~1.20である上記〔8〕に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
〔10〕
 上記一般式(3)中のR及びRが共に水素原子である、上記〔3〕に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
〔11〕
 上記〔1〕~〔10〕のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。
〔12〕
 上記〔11〕に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を備えたマスクブランクス。
〔13〕
 上記〔1〕~〔10〕のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して膜を形成する工程、
 上記膜を露光する工程、及び
 露光した上記膜を現像してネガ型パターンを形成する工程
を含むパターン形成方法。
〔14〕
 上記〔13〕に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。
〔15〕
 上記〔14〕に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法によって製造された電子デバイス。
[1]
(A) a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and (B) a compound that generates an acid having a volume of 130 to 3 to 2000 to 3 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom, R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group, and R 4 Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group, L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Ar represents an aromatic group, m and n are each independently, Represents an integer of 1 or more.
[2]
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the above [1], wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

Wherein, R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 have the same meanings as in formula (1) R 1, R 2 , R 3 and R 4 in. m ′ represents 1 or 2, and n ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3.
[3]
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the above [2], wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

Wherein, R 2, R 3, and R 4 in general formula (1) R 2, R 3, and is synonymous with R 4. n ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3.
[4]
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein the compound (B) is a sulfonium salt.
[5]
Furthermore, the negative active light sensitive material according to any one of the above [1] to [4], which comprises a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (C) whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with active light or radiation. Or a radiation sensitive resin composition.
[6]
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [5] above, wherein the compound (C) is an onium salt compound represented by the following general formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

In the formula, A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom, R A represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, R B represents a (p + 1) -valent organic group, X represents a single bond or a linking group, and A N represents Represents a basic moiety containing a nitrogen atom. When a plurality of R A , R B , X and A N are present, they may be the same or different.
When A is a sulfur atom, q is an integer of 1 to 3, and o is an integer that satisfies the relationship of o + q = 3.
When A is an iodine atom, q is 1 or 2, and o is an integer that satisfies the relationship of o + q = 2.
p represents an integer of 1 to 10, and Y represents an anion.
At least two of R A , X, R B and A N may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
[7]
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6] above, wherein the polymer compound (A) has a dispersity of 1.0 to 1.40. .
[8]
Any of the above [1] to [7], wherein the polymer compound (A) is a polymer compound produced by a production method using a polymer of a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (5) as a raw material The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to item 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

R 1 in the formula has the same meaning as R 1 in the general formula (1).
[9]
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [8] above, wherein the polymer having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) has a dispersity of 1.0 to 1.20.
[10]
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the above [3], wherein R 2 and R 3 in the general formula (3) are both hydrogen atoms.
[11]
A negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in any one of [1] to [10] above.
[12]
Mask blanks comprising the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film as described in [11] above.
[13]
A step of forming a film by applying the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10] on a substrate;
A pattern forming method comprising: exposing the film; and developing the exposed film to form a negative pattern.
[14]
The manufacturing method of an electronic device containing the pattern formation method as described in said [13].
[15]
The electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method of the electronic device as described in said [14].
 本発明により、特に、超微細(例えば、線幅50nm以下)のパターンの形成において、感度、解像性、PED安定性、及びLER性能に優れたパターンを形成することが可能なネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、並びに、それを用いたネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を有するマスクブランクス、パターン形成方法、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び電子デバイスを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, in particular, in the formation of an ultrafine pattern (for example, a line width of 50 nm or less), a negative type sensitive activity capable of forming a pattern excellent in sensitivity, resolution, PED stability, and LER performance. Photosensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, and negative actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film using the same, mask blanks having negative actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, and the above pattern An electronic device manufacturing method including a forming method and an electronic device can be provided.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線(EB)等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 また、本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
 本明細書において、高分子化合物及び樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)は、GPC装置(東ソー製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μl、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M(×4本)、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率(RI)検出器)によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “active light” or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation.
In addition, “exposure” in the present specification is not limited to exposure with a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. Drawing with particle beams such as ion beams is also included in the exposure.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the polymer compound and the resin are measured by GPC (solvent: HSO-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). Tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μl, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M (× 4) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: differential refractive index (RI )) As a polystyrene equivalent value by detector).
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、
 (A)一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する高分子化合物(以下、「高分子化合物(A)」とも言う。)と、
 (B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により体積130Å以上2000Å以下の大きさの酸を発生する化合物(以下、「酸発生剤(B)」又は「化合物(B)とも言う。)
 とを含む。
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is
(A) a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as “polymer compound (A)”);
(B) A compound that generates an acid having a volume of 130 3 or more and 2000 3 or less when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter also referred to as “acid generator (B)” or “compound (B)”).
Including.
 これにより、超微細(例えば、線幅50nm以下の領域)のパターンの形成において、感度、解像性、PED安定性、及びLER性能に優れたネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、それを用いたネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を有するマスクブランクス、パターン形成方法、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び電子デバイスを提供することができる。 Thereby, in the formation of an ultrafine pattern (for example, a region having a line width of 50 nm or less), a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition excellent in sensitivity, resolution, PED stability, and LER performance. , Negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using the same, mask blanks having a negative-type actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern formation method, a method for producing an electronic device including the pattern formation method, and An electronic device can be provided.
 上記が達成された理由としては、本発明において、活性光線又は放射線の照射により化合物(B)が発生する酸の体積は130Å以上と大きく、上記化合物(B)から発生する酸の拡散性は低い。これにより、未露光部への余分な酸の拡散が抑制されるため、超微細領域における解像度が向上するものと考えられる。また、露光後の酸の拡散性が低いことにより、結果としてPED安定性が向上するものと考えられる。しかし、本発明では上記の拡散性だけでは説明できない高解像性が得られた。その理由は定かではないが、以下を推定している。 The reason why the above is achieved is that, in the present invention, the volume of the acid generated from the compound (B) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is as large as 130 3 or more, and the diffusibility of the acid generated from the compound (B) is Low. This suppresses the diffusion of excess acid to the unexposed area, which is considered to improve the resolution in the ultrafine region. Moreover, it is thought that PED stability improves as a result that the diffusibility of the acid after exposure is low. However, in the present invention, high resolution that cannot be explained only by the above diffusivity was obtained. The reason is not clear, but the following is estimated.
 架橋性基含有ポリマーは、典型的には、架橋性基を包含する大きな(嵩高い)架橋性構造部位をポリマーの側鎖に有しているが(例えば、特開2014-24999号公報)、本発明の高分子化合物(A)は、架橋性基が、高分子化合物の主鎖に直接的に結合するベンゼン環に対して結合しているため、上記の典型的な架橋性基含有ポリマーに比べて非常にコンパクトな構造を有している。典型的な架橋性基含有ポリマーの場合、その大きさゆえ、架橋後もある程度の自由体積を有するため、露光部にて発生した酸の拡散抑制の効果は限定されるが、本発明のようなコンパクトな構造の場合、架橋後の自由体積が非常に少なく、上述の酸の拡散抑制効果が予想以上に大きくなり、その結果、解像性が非常に高くなったものと推測される。また、この作用により、LER性能にも優れたものと推測される。 The crosslinkable group-containing polymer typically has a large (bulky) crosslinkable structural site including a crosslinkable group in the side chain of the polymer (for example, JP-A-2014-24999), In the polymer compound (A) of the present invention, since the crosslinkable group is bonded to the benzene ring that is directly bonded to the main chain of the polymer compound, Compared with a very compact structure. In the case of a typical crosslinkable group-containing polymer, since it has a certain amount of free volume even after crosslinking, the effect of suppressing the diffusion of the acid generated in the exposed area is limited. In the case of a compact structure, it is presumed that the free volume after crosslinking is very small and the above-mentioned acid diffusion suppressing effect is larger than expected, and as a result, the resolution is very high. Moreover, it is estimated by this effect | action that it was excellent also in LER performance.
 以下、本発明に係るネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物について説明する。
 本発明に係るネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、電子線又は極紫外線露光用であることが好ましく、電子線露光用であることがより好ましい。
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、典型的にはネガ型パターン形成用のレジスト組成物であり、有機溶剤現像用のネガ型レジスト組成物であってもアルカリ現像用のネガ型レジスト組成物であってもよい。また本発明に係る組成物は、典型的には化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
Hereinafter, the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention will be described.
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is preferably for electron beam or extreme ultraviolet exposure, and more preferably for electron beam exposure.
The negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition for forming a negative pattern, and even if it is a negative resist composition for organic solvent development, alkali development A negative resist composition may be used. The composition according to the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
 以下、本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物における各成分について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, each component in the negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
 [1](A)高分子化合物
 高分子化合物(A)は、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する高分子化合物である。
[1] (A) Polymer Compound The polymer compound (A) is a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表し、RとRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アラルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はアシル基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Arは芳香族基を表し、mとnは、それぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。 In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom, R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group, and R 4 represents Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group, L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Ar represents an aromatic group, and m and n are each independently 1 It represents the above integer.
 Rのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素が挙げられる。Rは、水素原子またはメチル基であることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the halogen atom for R 1 include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Lで表される2価の連結基としては、単環もしくは多環の芳香環、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-、-CH-O-C(=O)-、チオカルボニル基、直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~10、より好ましくは1~6)、直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~10、より好ましくは2~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~10、より好ましくは3~6)、スルホニル基、-O-、-NH-、-S-、環状ラクトン構造又はこれらを組み合わせた2価の連結基(好ましくは総炭素数1~50、より好ましくは総炭素数1~30、更に好ましくは総炭素数1~20)が挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L include a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring, —C (═O) —, —O—C (═O) —, —CH 2 —O—C (═O )-, A thiocarbonyl group, a linear or branched alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6), a linear or branched alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms) More preferably 2 to 6), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6), a sulfonyl group, —O—, —NH—, —S—, a cyclic lactone structure, or these. Examples thereof include a combined divalent linking group (preferably having a total carbon number of 1 to 50, more preferably a total carbon number of 1 to 30, and even more preferably a total carbon number of 1 to 20).
 Arは芳香族基を表す。芳香族基の好ましい例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フルオレン環、フェナントレン環などの芳香族炭化水素環、又は、例えば、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む芳香環ヘテロ環を挙げることができる。ベンゼン環またはナフタレン環がより好ましく、ベンゼン環が最も好ましい。 Ar represents an aromatic group. Preferred examples of the aromatic group include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, fluorene ring, phenanthrene ring, or, for example, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring And aromatic ring heterocycles including heterocycles such as benzopyrrole ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, triazole ring, thiadiazole ring and thiazole ring. A benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is most preferable.
 RとRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アラルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 RおよびRで表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基等を挙げることができ、シクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基を挙げることができる。具体的には、水素原子、メチル基、シクロヘキシル基、t-ブチル基が挙げられる。
R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group or an aryl group.
Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 and R 3 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples of the cycloalkyl group include cycloalkyl having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. The group can be mentioned. Specific examples include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a t-butyl group.
 酸により架橋反応が起こる際、-ORが脱離してカルボカチオンが発生して反応が進行するので、R及びRはカルボカチオンを安定化する置換基、すなわち電子供与性基、芳香族基または水素原子であることが好ましい。具体的には、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フェニル基または水素原子であることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。 When a crosslinking reaction is caused by an acid, —OR 4 is eliminated and a carbocation is generated and the reaction proceeds. Therefore, R 2 and R 3 are substituents that stabilize the carbocation, that is, an electron donating group, aromatic It is preferably a group or a hydrogen atom. Specifically, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group, or a hydrogen atom is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
 Rは水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基またはアシル基を表す。架橋反応性の観点から、Rは水素原子またはアルキル基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。 R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group. From the viewpoint of crosslinking reactivity, R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
 一般式(1)におけるRとしてのアルキル基、R及びRとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アラルキル基及びアリール基、Rとしてのシクロアルキル基、アリール基及びアシル基、Lとしての2価の連結基、Arとしての芳香族基は、それぞれ、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、アルキル基(直鎖又は分岐のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環のいずれであってもよく炭素数3~12が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~18が好ましい)、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、ハロゲン原子、ハロアルキル基及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。好ましい例としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ハロアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、エステル基、アリール基が挙げられ、更に好ましい例としては、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子としては、上記Rで挙げたものと同様のものが挙げられる。
 上記置換基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよく、その置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子)、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール基、アルコキシアルキル基、これらを組み合わせた基が挙げられ、炭素数8以下が好ましい。
In general formula (1), alkyl group as R 1 , alkyl group as R 2 and R 3 , cycloalkyl group, aralkyl group and aryl group, cycloalkyl group as R 4 , aryl group and acyl group, as L Each of the divalent linking group and the aromatic group as Ar may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (2 to 12 carbon atoms). Is preferable), a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic and preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 18 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, Examples include an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, and a sulfonic acid ester group. Preferable examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an ester group, and an aryl group, and more preferable examples include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxy group. Group and alkoxy group. Examples of the halogen atom are the same as those described for R 1 above.
The substituent may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, and an alkoxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, and a group in which these are combined.
 mとnは、それぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。mは、好ましくは1~3の整数を表し、より好ましくは1を表す。 M and n each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. m preferably represents an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1.
 nは、好ましくは1~4の整数を表し、より好ましくは2~4の整数を表し、特に好ましくは1又は2である。 N is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and particularly preferably 1 or 2.
 また、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。 Further, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is more preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式中、R、R、R及びRは、一般式(1)中のR、R、R及びRと同義である。m’は1又は2を表し、n’は1~3の整数を表す。 Wherein, R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 have the same meanings as in formula (1) R 1, R 2 , R 3 and R 4 in. m ′ represents 1 or 2, and n ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 R、R、R及びRの具体例及び好ましい例は、一般式(1)におけるR、R、R及びRについて説明したものと同様である。 Specific examples and preferred examples of R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 are the same as those described for R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 in the general formula (1).
 m’は1であることがより好ましい。 M ′ is more preferably 1.
 n’は1~3の整数を表し、1または2であることがより好ましい。 N ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
 また、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is more preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式中、R、R、及びRは、一般式(1)中のR、R、R及びn’と同義である。n’は1~3の整数を表す。 In the formula, R 2 , R 3 and R 4 have the same meanings as R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and n ′ in the general formula (1). n ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 R、R、R及びn’の具体例及び好ましい例は、一般式(1)または一般式(2)におけるR、R、R及びn’について説明したものと同様である。ここで、R及びRが共に水素原子であることが好ましい。 R 2, R 3, R 4 and n 'Specific examples and preferred examples of the general formula (1) or R 2, R 3 in the general formula (2), R 4 and n' similar to that as described for the . Here, it is preferable that R 2 and R 3 are both hydrogen atoms.
 一般式(1)、(2)または(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有率は、架橋効率と現像性の観点から、高分子化合物(A)に含まれる全繰り返し単位に対して、20~100モル%であることが好ましく、40~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
 また、一般式(1)、(2)または(3)における、架橋性基としての-(R)(R)(OR)で表される基の導入率(以下、架橋性基率とも言う)は、架橋効率と現像性の観点から、20~100%であることが好ましく、40~100%であることがより好ましい。ここで、架橋性基率は、高分子化合物(A)における架橋性基の点数(個数)を、架橋性基を導入可能な反応点の数(個数)で除したものの百分率(%)である。架橋性基を導入可能な反応点は、例えば、その算出対象がフェノール性水酸基を有する場合、フェノール性水酸基の存在位置を鑑みてフェノール性水酸基のオルト位及びパラ位の内、架橋性基を導入可能な箇所となる。その詳細な説明は、実施例の項にて後述する通りである。
The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), (2) or (3) is 20 with respect to all the repeating units contained in the polymer compound (A) from the viewpoint of crosslinking efficiency and developability. It is preferably from ˜100 mol%, more preferably from 40 to 100 mol%.
Further, the introduction rate of the group represented by — (R 2 ) (R 3 ) (OR 4 ) as the crosslinkable group in the general formula (1), (2) or (3) (hereinafter referred to as the crosslinkable group rate). Is also preferably 20 to 100%, more preferably 40 to 100% from the viewpoint of crosslinking efficiency and developability. Here, the crosslinkable group ratio is a percentage (%) obtained by dividing the number (number) of crosslinkable groups in the polymer compound (A) by the number (number) of reaction points capable of introducing a crosslinkable group. . For example, when the calculation target has a phenolic hydroxyl group, the reactive point at which the crosslinkable group can be introduced introduces a crosslinkable group from the ortho and para positions of the phenolic hydroxyl group in view of the position of the phenolic hydroxyl group. It will be possible. The detailed description is as described later in the section of the embodiment.
 一般式(1)、(2)または(3)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、下記構造が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), (2) or (3) include the following structures, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 高分子化合物(A)は、更に、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位とは異なる、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 ここで、フェノール性水酸基とは、芳香環基の水素原子をヒドロキシ基で置換してなる基である。芳香環基の芳香環は単環又は多環の芳香環であり、ベンゼン環やナフタレン環等が挙げられる。
The polymer compound (A) may further have a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group different from the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1).
Here, the phenolic hydroxyl group is a group formed by substituting a hydrogen atom of an aromatic ring group with a hydroxy group. The aromatic ring of the aromatic ring group is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring, and examples thereof include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring.
 フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては特に限定されないが、下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位を有することが好ましい。 Although it does not specifically limit as a repeating unit which has a phenolic hydroxyl group, It is preferable to have a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式中、
 Rは水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 Dは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Arは芳香環基を表す。
 mは1以上の整数を表す。
Where
R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an organic group or a halogen atom.
D 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring group.
m 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
 一般式(II)中のRが有機基を表す場合、有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基が好ましく、炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基)、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボニル基)、炭素数6~10のアリール基(例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基)がより好ましい。
 有機基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。その置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。置換基としては、フッ素原子、水酸基が特に好ましい。
 置換基を有する場合の有機基としては、トリフルオロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基等を挙げることができる。
 Rは水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
When R 5 in the general formula (II) represents an organic group, the organic group is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group) Ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group), aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, phenyl group, A naphthyl group) is more preferred.
The organic group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include, but are not limited to, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and a cyano group. As the substituent, a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group are particularly preferable.
Examples of the organic group having a substituent include a trifluoromethyl group and a hydroxymethyl group.
R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Dが2価の連結基を表す場合、2価の連結基としては、カルボニル基、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、スルホニル基、-O-、-NH-又はこれらを組合せた基(例えば、エステル結合など)が好ましい。
 Dは単結合又はカルボニルオキシ基が好ましく、単結合であることがより好ましい。
When D 1 represents a divalent linking group, examples of the divalent linking group include a carbonyl group, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a sulfonyl group, —O—, —NH—, or a combination thereof (for example, an ester bond Etc.) is preferable.
D 1 is preferably a single bond or a carbonyloxy group, and more preferably a single bond.
 Arが表す芳香環基としては、単環又は多環の芳香環からn+1個の水素原子を取り除いた基(nは1以上の整数を表す。)であることが好ましい。
 上記芳香環としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フルオレン環、フェナントレン環などの置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環(好ましくは炭素数6~18)、及び、例えば、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む芳香族ヘテロ環を挙げることができる。中でも、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環が解像性の観点で好ましく、ベンゼン環が最も好ましい。
The aromatic ring group represented by Ar 2 is preferably a group obtained by removing n + 1 hydrogen atoms from a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring (n represents an integer of 1 or more).
Examples of the aromatic ring include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring (preferably having 6 to 18 carbon atoms) which may have a substituent such as a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, fluorene ring, phenanthrene ring, and the like. Examples include aromatic heterocycles including heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, and thiazole. be able to. Among these, a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferable from the viewpoint of resolution, and a benzene ring is most preferable.
 mは1~5の整数であることが好ましく、1~3の整数を表すことがより好ましく、1又は2を表すことが更に好ましく、1を表すことが特に好ましい。
 mが1を表し、Arがベンゼン環を表す場合、-OHの置換位置はベンゼン環におけるポリマー主鎖との結合位置に対して、パラ位でもメタ位でもオルト位でもよいが、アルカリ現像性の観点からパラ位が好ましい。
m 1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
When m 1 represents 1 and Ar 2 represents a benzene ring, the —OH substitution position may be para, meta or ortho relative to the position of the benzene ring bonded to the polymer main chain. From the viewpoint of sex, the para position is preferred.
 Arの芳香環基における芳香環は、-OHで表される基以外にも置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては例えば、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルスルホニルオキシ基、アリールカルボニル基が挙げられる。ただし、Arの芳香環基における芳香環は、置換基として、上記一般式(1)における-C(R)(R)(OR)で表される基を有さない。 The aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group of Ar 2 may have a substituent other than the group represented by —OH. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and a carboxyl group. , An alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyloxy group, and an arylcarbonyl group. However, the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group of Ar 2 does not have a group represented by —C (R 2 ) (R 3 ) (OR 4 ) in the general formula (1) as a substituent.
 一般式(II)は、下記一般式(II-1)であることが好ましい。 The general formula (II) is preferably the following general formula (II-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式中、
 Rは水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 Dは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Where
R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an organic group or a halogen atom.
D 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 一般式(II-1)中のR及びDは一般式(II)中のR及びDと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 R 5 and D 1 in the general formula (II-1) is the general formula (II) in the same meaning as R 5 and D 1 of the preferred range is also the same.
 一般式(II)は、下記一般式(II-2)であることがより好ましい。 The general formula (II) is more preferably the following general formula (II-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式中、Rは水素原子、有機基又はハロゲン原子を表す。 In the formula, R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an organic group or a halogen atom.
 一般式(II-2)中のRは一般式(II)中のRと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 R 5 in formula (II-2) has the same meaning as R 5 in formula (II), and the preferred range is also the same.
 以下、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、これに限定されるものではない。Meはメチル基を表す。 Hereinafter, although the specific example of the repeating unit represented by general formula (II) is shown, it is not limited to this. Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 高分子化合物(A)が、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位とは異なる、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有する場合、その繰り返し単位の含有量は、高分子化合物(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~80モル%であることが好ましく、1~70モル%であることがより好ましく、1~60モル%であることが更に好ましい。 When the polymer compound (A) has a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group, which is different from the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), the content of the repeating unit is that of the polymer compound (A). The amount is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 1 to 70 mol%, still more preferably 1 to 60 mol%, based on all repeating units.
 高分子化合物(A)は、更に、後述するような繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 The polymer compound (A) may further have a repeating unit as described later.
 高分子化合物(A)は、「非酸分解性の多環脂環炭化水素構造を有する基によって、フェノール性水酸基の水素原子が置換された構造(以下、『特定の構造』ともいう)」を有してもよい。この場合、高分子化合物(A)は、「『非酸分解性の多環脂環炭化水素構造を有する基によって、フェノール性水酸基の水素原子が置換された構造』を有する繰り返し単位」を有することが好ましい。これにより、高いガラス転移温度(Tg)が得られること、ドライエッチング耐性が良好となる。 The polymer compound (A) has a “structure in which a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group is substituted by a group having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure” (hereinafter also referred to as “specific structure”) ”. You may have. In this case, the polymer compound (A) has “a repeating unit having“ a structure in which a hydrogen atom of a phenolic hydroxyl group is substituted by a group having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure ””. Is preferred. As a result, a high glass transition temperature (Tg) can be obtained, and dry etching resistance can be improved.
 高分子化合物(A)が、前述の特定の構造を有することで、高分子化合物(A)のガラス転移温度(Tg)が高くなり、非常に硬いレジスト膜を形成することができ、酸の拡散性やドライエッチング耐性を制御することができる。従って、電子線や極紫外線等の活性光線又は放射線の露光部における酸の拡散性が非常に抑制されるため、微細なパターンでの解像力、パターン形状及びLERが更に優れる。また、化合物(D)が非酸分解性の多環脂環炭化水素構造を有することが、ドライエッチング耐性の更なる向上に寄与するものと考えられる。更に、詳細は不明だが、多環脂環炭化水素構造は水素ラジカルの供与性が高く、光酸発生剤の分解時の水素源となり、光酸発生剤の分解効率が更に向上し、酸発生効率が更に高くなっていると推定される。これが、より優れた感度に寄与するものと考えられる。 Since the polymer compound (A) has the above-mentioned specific structure, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer compound (A) is increased, so that a very hard resist film can be formed, and acid diffusion And dry etching resistance can be controlled. Therefore, the diffusibility of the acid in the exposed portion of actinic rays or radiation such as an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays is greatly suppressed, so that the resolution, pattern shape and LER in a fine pattern are further improved. Further, it is considered that the compound (D) having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure contributes to further improvement in dry etching resistance. Furthermore, although the details are unknown, the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure has a high hydrogen radical donating property, and becomes a hydrogen source when the photoacid generator is decomposed, further improving the decomposition efficiency of the photoacid generator and improving the acid generation efficiency. Is estimated to be even higher. This is considered to contribute to better sensitivity.
 本発明に係る高分子化合物(A)が有していてもよい前述の特定の構造は、ベンゼン環等の芳香族環と、非酸分解性の多環脂環炭化水素構造を有する基とが、フェノール性水酸基に由来する酸素原子を介して連結している。前述のように、上記構造は高いドライエッチング耐性に寄与するだけでなく、高分子化合物(A)のガラス転移温度(Tg)を上げることができ、これらの組み合わせの効果によって、より高い解像力が提供されるものと推定される。 The above-mentioned specific structure that the polymer compound (A) according to the present invention may have includes an aromatic ring such as a benzene ring and a group having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. And linked via an oxygen atom derived from a phenolic hydroxyl group. As described above, the above structure not only contributes to high dry etching resistance, but also can increase the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer compound (A), and the combination effect provides higher resolution. It is estimated that
 本発明において、非酸分解性とは、光酸発生剤が発生する酸により、分解反応が起こらない性質を意味する。
 より具体的には、非酸分解性の多環脂環炭化水素構造を有する基は、酸及びアルカリに安定な基であることが好ましい。酸及びアルカリに安定な基とは、酸分解性及びアルカリ分解性を示さない基を意味する。ここで酸分解性とは、光酸発生剤が発生する酸の作用により分解反応を起こす性質を意味する。
In the present invention, non-acid-decomposable means a property in which a decomposition reaction does not occur due to an acid generated by a photoacid generator.
More specifically, the group having a non-acid-decomposable polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is preferably a group stable to acids and alkalis. The group stable to acid and alkali means a group that does not exhibit acid decomposability and alkali decomposability. Here, acid decomposability means the property of causing a decomposition reaction by the action of an acid generated by a photoacid generator.
 またアルカリ分解性とは、アルカリ現像液の作用により分解反応を起こす性質を意味する。アルカリ分解性を示す基としては、ポジ型の化学増幅型レジスト組成物において好適に使用される樹脂中に含まれる、従来公知のアルカリ現像液の作用で分解しアルカリ現像液中への溶解速度が増大する基(例えばラクトン構造を有する基など)が挙げられる。
 多環脂環炭化水素構造を有する基とは、多環脂環炭化水素構造を有する一価の基である限り特に限定されないが、総炭素数が5~40であることが好ましく、7~30であることがより好ましい。多環脂環炭化水素構造は、環内に不飽和結合を有していてもよい。
Alkali decomposability means the property of causing a decomposition reaction by the action of an alkali developer. As the group exhibiting alkali decomposability, there is a dissolution rate in an alkali developer that is decomposed by the action of a conventionally known alkali developer contained in a resin suitably used in a positive chemically amplified resist composition. And an increasing group (for example, a group having a lactone structure).
The group having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is not particularly limited as long as it is a monovalent group having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, but the total number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 to 40, and preferably 7 to 30. It is more preferable that The polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure may have an unsaturated bond in the ring.
 多環脂環炭化水素構造を有する基における多環脂環炭化水素構造は、単環型の脂環炭化水素基を複数有する構造、若しくは、多環型の脂環炭化水素構造を意味し、有橋式であってもよい。単環型の脂環炭化水素基としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロブチル基、シクロオクチル基等を挙げることができ、単環型の脂環炭化水素基を複数有する構造はこれらの基を複数有する。単環型の脂環炭化水素基を複数有する構造は、単環型の脂環炭化水素基を2~4個有することが好ましく、2個有することが特に好ましい。 The polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the group having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure means a structure having a plurality of monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups or a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. It may be a bridge type. The monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. A structure having a plurality of cyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups has a plurality of these groups. The structure having a plurality of monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups preferably has 2 to 4 monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, and particularly preferably has two.
 多環型の脂環炭化水素構造としては、炭素数5以上のビシクロ、トリシクロ、テトラシクロ構造等を挙げることができ、炭素数6~30の多環シクロ構造が好ましく、例えば、アダマンタン構造、デカリン構造、ノルボルナン構造、ノルボルネン構造、セドロール構造、イソボルナン構造、ボルナン構造、ジシクロペンタン構造、α-ピネン構造、トリシクロデカン構造、テトラシクロドデカン構造、あるいはアンドロスタン構造を挙げることができる。なお、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基中の炭素原子の一部が、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。 Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure include bicyclo, tricyclo, and tetracyclo structures having 5 or more carbon atoms, and polycyclic cyclostructures having 6 to 30 carbon atoms are preferable. For example, an adamantane structure and a decalin structure A norbornane structure, a norbornene structure, a cedrol structure, an isobornane structure, a bornane structure, a dicyclopentane structure, an α-pinene structure, a tricyclodecane structure, a tetracyclododecane structure, and an androstane structure. A part of carbon atoms in the monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
 上記の多環脂環炭化水素構造の好ましいものとしては、アダマンタン構造、デカリン構造、ノルボルナン構造、ノルボルネン構造、セドロール構造、シクロヘキシル基を複数有する構造、シクロヘプチル基を複数有する構造、シクロオクチル基を複数有する構造、シクロデカニル基を複数有する構造、シクロドデカニル基を複数有する構造、トリシクロデカン構造があげられ、アダマンタン構造がドライエッチング耐性の観点で最も好ましい(すなわち、上記非酸分解性の多環脂環炭化水素構造を有する基が、非酸分解性のアダマンタン構造を有する基であることが最も好ましい)。 Preferred examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure include an adamantane structure, a decalin structure, a norbornane structure, a norbornene structure, a cedrol structure, a structure having a plurality of cyclohexyl groups, a structure having a plurality of cycloheptyl groups, and a plurality of cyclooctyl groups. And a structure having a plurality of cyclodecanyl groups, a structure having a plurality of cyclododecanyl groups, and a tricyclodecane structure, and an adamantane structure is most preferable from the viewpoint of dry etching resistance (that is, the non-acid-decomposable polycyclic fatty acid described above). Most preferably, the group having a ring hydrocarbon structure is a group having a non-acid-decomposable adamantane structure).
 これらの多環脂環炭化水素構造(単環型の脂環炭化水素基を複数有する構造については、上記単環型の脂環炭化水素基に対応する単環型の脂環炭化水素構造(具体的には以下の式(47)~(50)の構造))の化学式を以下に表示する。 These polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structures (for structures having a plurality of monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structures corresponding to the above monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon groups (specifically Specifically, the chemical formulas of the following formulas (47) to (50) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 更に上記多環脂環炭化水素構造は置換基を有してもよく、置換基としては例えば、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~10)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、カルボキシル基、カルボニル基、チオカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、及びこれら基を組み合わせてなる基(好ましくは総炭素数1~30、より好ましくは総炭素数1~15)が挙げられる。 Further, the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms), Aryl group (preferably having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atom, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), carboxyl group, carbonyl group, thiocarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms) And a group formed by combining these groups (preferably having a total carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a total carbon number of 1 to 15).
 上記多環脂環炭化水素構造としては、上記式(7)、(23)、(40)、(41)及び(51)のいずれかで表される構造、上記式(48)の構造における任意の一つの水素原子を結合手とした一価の基を2個有する構造が好ましく、上記式(23)、(40)及び(51)のいずれかで表される構造、上記式(48)の構造における任意の一つの水素原子を結合手とした一価の基を2個有する構造がより好ましく、上記式(40)で表される構造が最も好ましい。
 多環脂環炭化水素構造を有する基としては、上記の多環脂環炭化水素構造の任意の一つの水素原子を結合手とした一価の基であることが好ましい。
Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure include a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (7), (23), (40), (41) and (51), and an arbitrary structure in the structure of the above formula (48). A structure having two monovalent groups each having one hydrogen atom as a bond is preferable, a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (23), (40) and (51), A structure having two monovalent groups each having an arbitrary hydrogen atom in the structure as a bond is more preferable, and a structure represented by the above formula (40) is most preferable.
The group having a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is preferably a monovalent group having any one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure as a bond.
 高分子化合物(A)は、下記一般式(IV)又は下記一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位を含有してもよい。 The polymer compound (A) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (IV) or the following general formula (V).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式中、
 Rは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~10の直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基、アルコキシ基又はアシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR又は-COOR:Rは炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又はカルボキシル基を表す。
 nは0~6の整数を表す。
Where
R 6 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group or an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (—OCOR Or —COOR: R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxyl group.
n 3 represents an integer of 0 to 6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式中、
 Rは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~10の直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基、アルコキシ基又はアシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR又は-COOR:Rは炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又はカルボキシル基を表す。
 nは0~4の整数を表す。
 Xはメチレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子である。
Where
R 7 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group or an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (—OCOR Or —COOR: R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxyl group.
n 4 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
X 4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
 一般式(IV)又は下記一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を下記に示すが、これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV) or the following general formula (V) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 高分子化合物(A)の具体例(各繰り返し単位の組み合わせ)を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the polymer compound (A) (combination of each repeating unit) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
 高分子化合物(A)の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは1000~200000であり、更に好ましくは2000~50000であり、更により好ましくは3000~10000であり、特に好ましくは3000~7000である。 The weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound (A) is preferably 1000 to 200000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, still more preferably 3000 to 10000, and particularly preferably 3000 to 7000.
 高分子化合物(A)の分散度(分子量分布)(Mw/Mn)は、好ましくは1.7以下であり、感度及び解像性の向上の観点でより好ましくは1.0~1.50であり、特に好ましくは1.0~1.40である。 The dispersity (molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of the polymer compound (A) is preferably 1.7 or less, and more preferably 1.0 to 1.50 from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and resolution. It is particularly preferably 1.0 to 1.40.
 上記の好ましい分散度を有する高分子化合物(A)を得るには、分散度の小さい、下記一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位の重合体を原料とする製造法により製造することが好ましい。 In order to obtain the polymer compound (A) having the above preferable degree of dispersion, it is preferably produced by a production method using a polymer of a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (5) having a low degree of dispersion as a raw material. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式中のRは、上記一般式(1)中のRと同義である。 R 1 in the formula has the same meaning as R 1 in the general formula (1).
 上記製造法に用いられる原料の重合体の分散度は、副反応によるオリゴマー化の可能性も考慮に入れ、1.0~1.30が好ましく、1.0~1.20がより好ましい。上記製造法に用いられる原料の重合体は、リビングアニオン重合等のリビング重合を用いることで、得られる高分子化合物の分散度が均一となり、好ましい。 The dispersity of the raw material polymer used in the above production method is preferably 1.0 to 1.30, more preferably 1.0 to 1.20 in consideration of the possibility of oligomerization by side reaction. The polymer used as a raw material for the above production method is preferably a living polymer such as a living anion polymerization, whereby the degree of dispersion of the resulting polymer compound becomes uniform.
 上記原料を用いた高分子化合物(A)の合成は、例えば、「実験化学講座 18巻 有機化合物の反応II(下) 94ページ」記載の手法等を参考にして行える。 The synthesis of the polymer compound (A) using the above raw materials can be performed with reference to, for example, the method described in “Experimental Chemistry Course Vol. 18, Organic Compound Reaction II (bottom) page 94”.
 高分子化合物(A)は、1種単独で又は2種以上を組み合せて使用してもよい。 The polymer compound (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 高分子化合物(A)の含有量は、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物の全固形分を基準として、好ましくは50~97質量%であり、より好ましくは60~95質量%であり、更に好ましくは70~93質量%である。 The content of the polymer compound (A) is preferably 50 to 97% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition. More preferably, it is 70 to 93% by mass.
 [2](B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により、体積が130Å以上2000Å以下の酸を発生する化合物
 本発明の化学増幅型レジスト組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、体積が130Å以上2000Å以下の酸を発生する化合物(B)(以下、適宜、これらの化合物を「酸発生剤」と略称する)を含有する。
 酸発生剤の好ましい形態として、オニウム化合物を挙げることができる。そのようなオニウム化合物としては、例えば、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩などを挙げることができ、スルホニウム塩であることがより好ましい。
 また、酸発生剤の別の好ましい形態として、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、スルホン酸、イミド酸又はメチド酸を発生する化合物を挙げることができる。その形態における酸発生剤は、例えば、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、オキシムスルホネート、イミドスルホネートなどを挙げることができる。
[2] (B) by irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, compounds chemically amplified resist composition of the present invention the volume to generate a 130 Å 3 or more 2000 Å 3 The following acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, volume 130 Å 3 above 2000 Å 3 compound generating the following acid (B) (hereafter, referred to as appropriate, these compounds are referred to as "acid generator").
Preferred forms of the acid generator include onium compounds. Examples of such an onium compound include a sulfonium salt, an iodonium salt, a phosphonium salt, and the like, and a sulfonium salt is more preferable.
Another preferred form of the acid generator includes a compound that generates sulfonic acid, imide acid, or methide acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Examples of the acid generator in the form include a sulfonium salt, an iodonium salt, a phosphonium salt, an oxime sulfonate, and an imide sulfonate.
 本発明に用いる酸発生剤としては、低分子化合物に限らず、発生する酸の体積が130Å以上2000Å以下である範囲で、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する基を高分子化合物の主鎖又は側鎖に導入した化合物も用いることができる。更に前述したように、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する基が、本発明に用いる高分子化合物(A)の共重合成分となっている繰り返し単位中に存在する場合は、本発明の高分子化合物とは別分子の酸発生剤はなくてもかまわない。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量が3000以下であることが好ましく、2000以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることが更に好ましい。
The acid generator used in the present invention is not limited to a low molecular compound, and a polymer compound is a group that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation in a range where the volume of the generated acid is 130 to 3 to 2000 to 3 . A compound introduced into the main chain or side chain can also be used. Further, as described above, when a group capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is present in the repeating unit which is a copolymerization component of the polymer compound (A) used in the present invention, There may be no acid generator of a different molecule from the polymer compound.
When the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in the form of a low molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and 1000 or less. Is more preferable.
 酸発生剤は、電子線又は極紫外線の照射により酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。 The acid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays.
 本発明において、好ましいオニウム化合物として、下記一般式(7)で表されるスルホニウム化合物、若しくは一般式(8)で表されるヨードニウム化合物を挙げることができる。 In the present invention, preferred onium compounds include sulfonium compounds represented by the following general formula (7) or iodonium compounds represented by the general formula (8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 一般式(7)及び(8)において、
 Ra1、Ra2、Ra3、Ra4及びRa5は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 Xは、有機アニオンを表す。
 以下、一般式(7)で表されるスルホニウム化合物及び一般式(8)で表されるヨードニウム化合物を更に詳述する。
In general formulas (7) and (8),
R a1 , R a2 , R a3 , R a4 and R a5 each independently represent an organic group.
X represents an organic anion.
Hereinafter, the sulfonium compound represented by the general formula (7) and the iodonium compound represented by the general formula (8) will be described in more detail.
 上記一般式(7)のRa1~Ra3、並びに、上記一般式(8)のRa4及びRa5は、各々独立に有機基を表すが、好ましくはRa1~Ra3の少なくとも1つ、並びに、Ra4及びRa5の少なくとも1つがそれぞれアリール基である。アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基が好ましく、更に好ましくはフェニル基である。
 上記一般式(7)及び(8)におけるXの有機アニオンは、例えばスルホン酸アニオン、カルボン酸アニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)アミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンなどが挙げられ、好ましくは、下記一般式(9)、(10)又は(11)で表される有機アニオンであり、より好ましくは下記一般式(9)で表される有機アニオンである。
R a1 to R a3 of the general formula (7) and R a4 and R a5 of the general formula (8) each independently represent an organic group, preferably at least one of R a1 to R a3 , In addition, at least one of R a4 and R a5 is an aryl group. As the aryl group, a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the organic anion X − in the general formulas (7) and (8) include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a bis (alkylsulfonyl) amide anion, and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion. Organic anions represented by general formula (9), (10) or (11), more preferably organic anions represented by the following general formula (9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 上記一般式(9)、(10)及び(11)に於いて、Rc、Rc、Rc及びRcは、それぞれ、有機基を表す。 In the general formulas (9), (10) and (11), Rc 1 , Rc 2 , Rc 3 and Rc 4 each represents an organic group.
 上記Xの有機アニオンが、電子線や極紫外線などの活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸であるスルホン酸、イミド酸、メチド酸などに対応する。
 上記Rc1~Rc4の有機基としては、例えばアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はこれらの複数が連結された基を挙げることができる。これら有機基のうちより好ましくは1位がフッ素原子又はフロロアルキル基で置換されたアルキル基、フッ素原子又はフロロアルキル基で置換されたシクロアルキル基、フッ素原子又はフロロアルキル基で置換されたフェニル基である。上記Rc2~Rc4の有機基の複数が互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、これら複数の有機基が連結された基としては、フッ素原子又はフロロアルキル基で置換されたアルキレン基が好ましい。フッ素原子又はフロロアルキル基を有することにより、光照射によって発生した酸の酸性度が上がり、感度が向上する。ただし、末端基は置換基としてフッ素原子を含有しないことが好ましい。
The organic anion of X corresponds to sulfonic acid, imide acid, methide acid, etc., which are acids generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation such as electron beams and extreme ultraviolet rays.
Examples of the organic group of R c1 to R c4 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group in which a plurality of these are connected. More preferably among these organic groups, the alkyl group substituted at the 1-position with a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group, a phenyl group substituted with a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group It is. A plurality of the organic groups represented by R c2 to R c4 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and examples of the group in which the plurality of organic groups are connected include an alkylene group substituted with a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group. Is preferred. By having a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group, the acidity of the acid generated by light irradiation is increased and the sensitivity is improved. However, the terminal group preferably does not contain a fluorine atom as a substituent.
 そして、本発明においては、上記酸を発生する化合物(B)は、体積130Å以上の大きさの酸(より好ましくはスルホン酸)を発生する化合物である。
 上記したように、化合物(B)が、体積130Å以上の大きさの酸を発生することより、解像性、PED安定性及びLER性能に関して優れた結果が得られる。
 化合物(B)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、体積190Å以上の大きさの酸(より好ましくはスルホン酸)を発生する化合物であることが好ましく、体積270Å以上の大きさの酸(より好ましくはスルホン酸)を発生する化合物であることが更により好ましく、体積400Å以上の大きさの酸(より好ましくはスルホン酸)を発生する化合物であることが特に好ましい。ただし、感度や塗布溶剤溶解性等の観点から、上記体積は、2000Å以下であり、1500Å以下であることがより好ましい。
 ここで、1Åは、0.1nmに相当する。
 上記体積の値は、富士通株式会社製の「WinMOPAC」を用いて求めた。すなわち、まず、各例に係る酸の化学構造を入力し、次に、この構造を初期構造としてMM3法を用いた分子力場計算により、各酸の最安定立体配座を決定し、その後、これら最安定立体配座についてPM3法を用いた分子軌道計算を行うことにより、各酸の「accessible volume」を計算することができる。
 以下に本発明において、特に好ましい酸発生剤を以下に例示する。なお、例の一部には、体積の計算値を付記している(単位Å)。なお、ここで求めた計算値は、アニオン部にプロトンが結合した酸の体積値である。
In the present invention, the compound (B) that generates an acid is a compound that generates an acid having a volume of 130 to 3 or more (more preferably, a sulfonic acid).
As described above, since the compound (B) generates an acid having a volume of 130 3 or more, excellent results regarding resolution, PED stability, and LER performance can be obtained.
Compound (B), the activity by irradiation with light or radiation, volume 190 Å 3 or more is preferable that the size of the acid (more preferably sulfonic acid) is a compound capable of generating a volume 270 Å 3 or more the size of the acid ( preferably more than it is more preferably a compound capable of generating a sulfonic acid), it is particularly preferable acid (more preferably a volume 400 Å 3 or more in size is a compound capable of generating a sulfonic acid). However, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, coating solvent solubility, and the like, the volume is 2000 3 or less, and more preferably 1500 3 or less.
Here, 1Å corresponds to 0.1 nm.
The volume value was determined using “WinMOPAC” manufactured by Fujitsu Limited. That is, first, the chemical structure of the acid according to each example is input, and then the most stable conformation of each acid is determined by molecular force field calculation using the MM3 method with this structure as the initial structure. By performing molecular orbital calculation using the PM3 method for these most stable conformations, the “accessible volume” of each acid can be calculated.
In the present invention, particularly preferred acid generators are exemplified below. In addition, the calculated value of the volume is appended to a part of the example (unit 3 3 ). In addition, the calculated value calculated | required here is a volume value of the acid which the proton couple | bonded with the anion part.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 酸発生剤は、1種単独で又は2種以上を組合せて使用することができる。
 酸発生剤の組成物中の含有量は、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として、好ましくは0.1~25質量%であり、より好ましくは0.5~20質量%であり、更に好ましくは1~18質量%である。
An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the acid generator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 25% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The content is 5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 1 to 18% by mass.
 [3](E)塩基性化合物
 本発明の組成物は、更に、塩基性化合物を酸捕捉剤として含有することが好ましい。塩基性化合物を用いることにより、露光から後加熱までの経時による性能変化を小さくすることができる。このような塩基性化合物としては、有機塩基性化合物であることが好ましく、より具体的には、脂肪族アミン類、芳香族アミン類、複素環アミン類、カルボキシル基を有する含窒素化合物、スルホニル基を有する含窒素化合物、ヒドロキシ基を有する含窒素化合物、ヒドロキシフェニル基を有する含窒素化合物、アルコール性含窒素化合物、アミド誘導体、イミド誘導体、等が挙げられる。アミンオキサイド化合物(特開2008-102383号公報に記載)、アンモニウム塩(好ましくはヒドロキシド又はカルボキシレートである。より具体的にはテトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表されるテトラアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシドがLERの観点で好ましい。)も適宜用いられる。
 更に、酸の作用により塩基性が増大する化合物も、塩基性化合物の1種として用いることができる。
 アミン類の具体例としては、トリ-n-ブチルアミン、トリ-n-ペンチルアミン、トリ-n-オクチルアミン、トリ-n-デシルアミン、トリイソデシルアミン、ジシクロヘキシルメチルアミン、テトラデシルアミン、ペンタデシルアミン、ヘキサデシルアミン、オクタデシルアミン、ジデシルアミン、メチルオクタデシルアミン、ジメチルウンデシルアミン、N,N-ジメチルドデシルアミン、メチルジオクタデシルアミン、N,N-ジブチルアニリン、N,N-ジヘキシルアニリン、2,6-ジイソプロピルアニリン、2,4,6-トリ(t-ブチル)アニリン、トリエタノールアミン、N,N-ジヒドロキシエチルアニリン、トリス(メトキシエトキシエチル)アミンや、米国特許第6040112号明細書のカラム3、60行目以降に例示の化合物、2-[2-{2―(2,2―ジメトキシ-フェノキシエトキシ)エチル}-ビス-(2-メトキシエチル)]-アミンや、米国特許出願公開第2007/0224539A1号明細書の段落[0066]に例示されている化合物(C1-1)~(C3-3)などが挙げられる。含窒素複素環構造を有する化合物としては、2-フェニルベンゾイミダゾール、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール、N-ヒドロキシエチルピペリジン、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、アンチピリン、ヒドロキシアンチピリン、1,5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノナ-5-エン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ〔5.4.0〕-ウンデカ-7-エン、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドなどが挙げられる。
 また、光分解性塩基性化合物(当初は塩基性窒素原子が塩基として作用して塩基性を示すが、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解されて、塩基性窒素原子と有機酸部位とを有する両性イオン化合物を発生し、これらが分子内で中和することによって、塩基性が低下又は消失する化合物、例えば、特許第3577743号公報、特開2001-215689号公報、特開2001-166476号公報、特開2008-102383号公報に記載のオニウム塩)、光塩基性発生剤(例えば、特開2010-243773号公報に記載の化合物)も適宜用いられる。
 これら塩基性化合物の中でも解像性向上の観点からアンモニウム塩が好ましい。
 本発明における塩基性化合物の含有率は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.03~5質量%がより好ましく、0.05~3質量%が特に好ましい。
[3] (E) Basic compound The composition of the present invention preferably further contains a basic compound as an acid scavenger. By using a basic compound, the change in performance over time from exposure to post-heating can be reduced. Such basic compounds are preferably organic basic compounds, and more specifically, aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, nitrogen-containing compounds having a carboxyl group, and sulfonyl groups. A nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxy group, a nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxy group, a nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyphenyl group, an alcoholic nitrogen-containing compound, an amide derivative, an imide derivative, and the like. Amine oxide compound (described in JP-A-2008-102383), ammonium salt (preferably hydroxide or carboxylate. More specifically, tetraalkylammonium hydroxide represented by tetrabutylammonium hydroxide is LER. Is preferable from the viewpoint).
Furthermore, a compound whose basicity is increased by the action of an acid can also be used as one kind of basic compound.
Specific examples of amines include tri-n-butylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-decylamine, triisodecylamine, dicyclohexylmethylamine, tetradecylamine, pentadecylamine , Hexadecylamine, octadecylamine, didecylamine, methyloctadecylamine, dimethylundecylamine, N, N-dimethyldodecylamine, methyldioctadecylamine, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline, 2,6- Diisopropylaniline, 2,4,6-tri (t-butyl) aniline, triethanolamine, N, N-dihydroxyethylaniline, tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine, and columns 3, 60 of US Pat. No. 6,040,112. Beyond And 2- [2- {2- (2,2-dimethoxy-phenoxyethoxy) ethyl} -bis- (2-methoxyethyl)]-amine, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2007 / 0224539A1. And the compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in paragraph [0066] of the above. Compounds having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure include 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, N-hydroxyethylpiperidine, bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl ) Sebacate, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, antipyrine, hydroxyantipyrine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -undec-7-ene And tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
In addition, a photodegradable basic compound (initially a basic nitrogen atom acts as a base to show basicity, but is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to have an amphoteric group having a basic nitrogen atom and an organic acid moiety. Compounds in which basicity is reduced or eliminated by generating ionic compounds and neutralizing them in the molecule, such as Japanese Patent No. 3577743, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-215589, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-166476, An onium salt described in JP-A-2008-102383) and a photobasic generator (for example, a compound described in JP-A-2010-243773) are also used as appropriate.
Among these basic compounds, ammonium salts are preferable from the viewpoint of improving resolution.
The content of the basic compound in the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 5% by mass, and 0.05 to 3% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition. Particularly preferred.
 本発明における塩基性化合物は、上記「光分解性塩基性化合物」であることが好ましく、「活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(C)」であることがより好ましい。
 このような活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(C)は、以下に説明するカチオン部に窒素原子を含むオニウム塩化合物(以下、「化合物(E)」ともいう)であることが好ましい。
 オニウム塩化合物として、例えば、ジアゾニウム塩化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、スルホニウム塩化合物、及び、ヨードニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。これらのうち、スルホニウム塩化合物又はヨードニウム塩化合物が好ましく、スルホニウム塩化合物がより好ましい。
 このオニウム塩化合物は、典型的には、カチオン部に、窒素原子を含んだ塩基性部位を備えている。ここで「塩基性部位」とは、化合物(E)のカチオン部位の共役酸のpKaが-3以上となるような部位を意味している。このpKaは、-3~15の範囲内にあることが好ましく、0~15の範囲内にあることがより好ましい。なお、このpKaは、ACD/ChemSketch(ACD/Labs 8.00 Release Product Version:8.08)により求めた計算値を意味している。
 上記塩基性部位は、例えば、アミノ基(アンモニア、1級アミン若しくは2級アミンから水素原子を1つ除いた基;以下同様)及び含窒素複素環基からなる群より選ばれる構造を含んでいる。上記アミノ基は、脂肪族アミノ基であることが好ましい。ここで、脂肪族アミノ基とは、脂肪族アミンから水素原子を1つ除いた基を意味する。
 これら構造においては、構造中に含まれる窒素原子に隣接する原子の全てが、炭素原子又は水素原子であることが、塩基性向上の観点から好ましい。また、塩基性向上の観点では、窒素原子に対して、電子吸引性の官能基(カルボニル基、スルホニル基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子など)が直結していないことが好ましい。
 オニウム塩化合物は、上記塩基性部位を2つ以上備えていてもよい。
 化合物(E)のカチオン部がアミノ基を含んでいる場合、このカチオン部は、下記一般式(N-I)により表される部分構造を備えていることが好ましい。
The basic compound in the present invention is preferably the above “photodegradable basic compound”, and is “a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (C) whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation”. It is more preferable.
The basic compound or ammonium salt compound (C) whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with such actinic rays or radiation is an onium salt compound (hereinafter referred to as “compound (E)”) containing a nitrogen atom in the cation moiety described below. ").
Examples of the onium salt compound include a diazonium salt compound, a phosphonium salt compound, a sulfonium salt compound, and an iodonium salt compound. Among these, a sulfonium salt compound or an iodonium salt compound is preferable, and a sulfonium salt compound is more preferable.
This onium salt compound typically includes a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation moiety. Here, “basic site” means a site where the pKa of the conjugate acid at the cation site of compound (E) is −3 or more. This pKa is preferably in the range of -3 to 15, more preferably in the range of 0 to 15. In addition, this pKa means the calculated value calculated | required by ACD / ChemSketch (ACD / Labs 8.00 Release Product Version: 8.08).
The basic moiety includes, for example, a structure selected from the group consisting of an amino group (a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from ammonia, primary amine, or secondary amine; the same applies hereinafter) and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group. . The amino group is preferably an aliphatic amino group. Here, the aliphatic amino group means a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an aliphatic amine.
In these structures, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving basicity that all atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom contained in the structure are carbon atoms or hydrogen atoms. From the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom) is not directly connected to the nitrogen atom.
The onium salt compound may have two or more of the above basic sites.
When the cation part of the compound (E) contains an amino group, the cation part preferably has a partial structure represented by the following general formula (NI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Xは、単結合又は連結基を表す。
 R、R及びXの少なくとも2つは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
 R又はRにより表される有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、複素環式炭化水素基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ラクトン基、及びスルトン基等が挙げられる。
 これらの基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基などが挙げられる。
 R又はRにより表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~50であることが好ましく、1~30であることがより好ましく、1~20であることが更に好ましい。このようなアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、オクダデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、及び、2-エチルヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 R又はRにより表されるシクロアルキル基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等の炭素数3~8の単環のシクロアルキル基等が挙げられる。
 R又はRにより表されるアルケニル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。このアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~50であることが好ましく、2~30であることがより好ましく、3~20であることが更に好ましい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、及びスチリル基等が挙げられる。
 R又はRにより表されるアリール基としては、炭素数6~14のものが好ましい。このような基としては、例えば、フェニル基及びナフチル基等が挙げられる。
 R又はRにより表される複素環式炭化水素基は、炭素数5~20のものが好ましく、炭素数6~15のものがより好ましい。複素環式炭化水素基は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。この複素環式炭化水素基は、芳香族性を有していることが好ましい。
 上記の基に含まれる複素環は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このような複素環としては、例えば、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、2H-ピロール環、3H-インドール環、1H-インダゾール、プリン環、イソキノリン環、4H-キノリジン環、キノリン環、フタラジン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環、シンノリン環、プテリジン環、フェナントリジン環、アクリジン環、フェナントロリン環、フェナジン環、ペリミジン環、トリアジン環、ベンズイソキノリン環、チアゾール環、チアジアジン環、アゼピン環、アゾシン環、イソチアゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、及びベンゾチアゾール環が挙げられる。
 R又はRにより表されるラクトン基としては、例えば、5~7員環のラクトン基であり、5~7員環ラクトン基にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものであってもよい。
 R又はRにより表されるスルトン基としては、例えば、5~7員環のスルトン基であり、5~7員環スルトン基にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものであってもよい。
 具体的には、以下に示す構造を有する基であることが好ましい。
Where
R A and R B each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
X represents a single bond or a linking group.
At least two of R A , R B and X may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
Examples of the organic group represented by R A or R B include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a lactone group, and a sultone group. .
These groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a cyano group.
The alkyl group represented by R A or R B may be linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such an alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, an octadecyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, and a t-butyl group. Examples thereof include a butyl group, a 1-ethylpentyl group, and a 2-ethylhexyl group.
The cycloalkyl group represented by R A or R B may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The cycloalkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
The alkenyl group represented by R A or R B may be linear or branched. The alkenyl group has preferably 2 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a styryl group.
The aryl group represented by R A or R B preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of such groups include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
The heterocyclic hydrocarbon group represented by R A or R B preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 6 to 15 carbon atoms. The heterocyclic hydrocarbon group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. This heterocyclic hydrocarbon group preferably has aromaticity.
The heterocyclic ring contained in the above group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of such heterocycle include imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, 2H-pyrrole ring, 3H-indole ring, 1H-indazole, purine ring, isoquinoline ring, 4H-quinolidine ring, Quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, cinnoline ring, pteridine ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, phenazine ring, perimidine ring, triazine ring, benzisoquinoline ring, thiazole ring, thiadiazine ring , An azepine ring, an azocine ring, an isothiazole ring, an isoxazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring.
The lactone group represented by R A or R B is, for example, a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, and other ring structures in the form of forming a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure on the 5- to 7-membered lactone group. It may be a condensed ring.
The sultone group represented by R A or R B is, for example, a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone group, and other ring structures in the form of forming a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in the 5- to 7-membered ring sultone group. It may be a condensed ring.
Specifically, a group having the structure shown below is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 ラクトン基及びスルトン基は、置換基(Rb)を有していても有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、上記でRおよびRの置換基として記載したものと同様の置換基が挙げられる。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
 Xにより表される連結基としては、例えば、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖状アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。Xは、より好ましくは、単結合、アルキレン基、アルキレン基とエーテル結合とが組み合わされてなる基、又は、アルキレン基とエステル結合とが組み合わされてなる基を表す。Xにより表される連結基の原子数は20以下が好ましく、15以下がより好ましい。上記の直鎖若しくは分岐鎖状アルキレン基、及びシクロアルキレン基は、炭素数8以下が好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい。上記置換基としては、炭素数8以下のものが好ましく、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)などが挙げられる。
 R、R及びXの少なくとも2つは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。環を形成する炭素数は4~20が好ましく、単環式でも多環式でもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又は、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。
 化合物(E)のカチオン部が含窒素複素環基を含んでいる場合、この含窒素複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。また、この含窒素複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。含窒素複素環基としては、好ましくは、ピペリジン環、モルホリン環、ピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラジン環、ピロール環、又はピリミジン環を含んだ基が挙げられる。
 オニウム塩化合物(E)は、下記一般式(4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
The lactone group and sultone group may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred examples of the substituent (Rb 2), the same substituents as those described as the substituent of R A and R B in the above. n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, the plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. A plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
Examples of the linking group represented by X include a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, and combinations of two or more thereof. Groups and the like. X is more preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, a group in which an alkylene group and an ether bond are combined, or a group in which an alkylene group and an ester bond are combined. The number of atoms of the linking group represented by X is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 15 or less. The above linear or branched alkylene group and cycloalkylene group preferably have 8 or less carbon atoms and may have a substituent. The above substituents are preferably those having 8 or less carbon atoms, for example, alkyl groups (1 to 4 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups (1 to 4 carbon atoms), carboxyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups (carbon atoms). 2 to 6).
At least two of R A , R B and X may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The number of carbon atoms forming the ring is preferably 4 to 20, which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may contain an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, ester bond, amide bond or carbonyl group in the ring. Good.
When the cation part of compound (E) contains a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group, this nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group is preferably a group containing a piperidine ring, morpholine ring, pyridine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazine ring, pyrrole ring, or pyrimidine ring.
The onium salt compound (E) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (4).
 式中、Aは硫黄原子またはヨウ素原子を表し、Rは水素原子または有機基を表し、Rは(p+1)価の有機基を表し、Xは単結合または連結基を表し、Aは窒素原子を含んだ塩基性部位を表す。R、R、X及びAはそれぞれ、複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Aが硫黄原子である場合、qは1~3の整数であり、oはo+q=3の関係を満たす整数である。
 Aがヨウ素原子である場合、qは1又は2であり、oはo+q=2の関係を満たす整数である。
 pは1~10の整数を表し、Yは、アニオンを表す(詳細は、化合物(E)のアニオン部として後述する通りである)。
 R、X、R、Aの少なくとも2つは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In the formula, A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom, R A represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, R B represents a (p + 1) -valent organic group, X represents a single bond or a linking group, and A N represents Represents a basic moiety containing a nitrogen atom. When a plurality of R A , R B , X and A N are present, they may be the same or different.
When A is a sulfur atom, q is an integer of 1 to 3, and o is an integer that satisfies the relationship of o + q = 3.
When A is an iodine atom, q is 1 or 2, and o is an integer that satisfies the relationship of o + q = 2.
p represents an integer of 1 to 10, and Y represents an anion (the details are as described below as the anion part of the compound (E)).
At least two of R A , X, R B and A N may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Rにより表される(p+1)価の有機基としては、例えば、鎖状(直鎖状、分岐状)又は環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、複素環式炭化水素基、及び芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられるが、好ましくは芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。Rが芳香族炭化水素基の場合、芳香族炭化水素基のp-位(1,4-位)で結合しているものが好ましい。
 Xにより表される連結基は、上述した一般式(N-I)中のXにより表される連結基と同義であり、同様の具体例が挙げられる。
 Aにより表される塩基性部位は、上述した化合物(E)のカチオン部に含まれる「塩基性部位」と同義であり、例えば、アミノ基又は含窒素複素環基を含み得る。塩基性部位がアミノ基を含む場合、アミノ基としては、例えば、上掲の一般式(N-I)中の-N(R)(R)基が挙げられる。
Examples of the (p + 1) -valent organic group represented by R B include, for example, a chain (linear, branched) or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, and aromatic hydrocarbon group. Of these, an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. When R B is an aromatic hydrocarbon group, those bonded at the p-position (1,4-position) of the aromatic hydrocarbon group are preferred.
The linking group represented by X has the same meaning as the linking group represented by X in the general formula (NI) described above, and the same specific examples can be given.
Basic moiety represented by A N is synonymous with "base site" contained in the cationic portion of the compound described above (E), for example, include an amino group or a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group. When the basic moiety includes an amino group, examples of the amino group include —N (R A ) (R B ) group in the above general formula (NI).
 Rにより表される有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基、脂肪族環式基、芳香族炭化水素基、及び、複素環式炭化水素基が挙げられる。o=2の場合、2つのRが互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。これら基又は環は、置換基を更に備えていてもよい。
 Rにより表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~50であることが好ましく、1~30であることがより好ましく、1~20であることが更に好ましい。このようなアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、オクダデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、及び、2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。
 Rにより表されるアルケニル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。このアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~50であることが好ましく、2~30であることがより好ましく、3~20であることが更に好ましい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、及びスチリル基が挙げられる。
 Rにより表される脂肪族環式基は、例えば、シクロアルキル基である。シクロアルキル基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。この脂肪族環式基としては、好ましくは、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等の炭素数3~8の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
 Rにより表される芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~14のものが好ましい。このような基としては、例えば、フェニル基及びナフチル基などのアリール基が挙げられる。Rにより表される芳香族炭化水素基は、好ましくは、フェニル基である。
 Rにより表される複素環式炭化水素基は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。この複素環式炭化水素基は、芳香族性を有していることが好ましい。
 上記の基に含まれる複素環は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このような複素環としては、例えば、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、2H-ピロール環、3H-インドール環、1H-インダゾール、プリン環、イソキノリン環、4H-キノリジン環、キノリン環、フタラジン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環、シンノリン環、プテリジン環、フェナントリジン環、アクリジン環、フェナントロリン環、フェナジン環、ペリミジン環、トリアジン環、ベンズイソキノリン環、チアゾール環、チアジアジン環、アゼピン環、アゾシン環、イソチアゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、及びベンゾチアゾール環が挙げられる。
 Rは、芳香族炭化水素基であるか、又は、2つのRが結合して環を形成していることが好ましい。
 R、X、R、Aの少なくとも2つが互いに結合して形成してもよい環は、4~7員環であることが好ましく、5又は6員環であることがより好ましく、5員環であることが特に好ましい。また、環骨格中に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子などのヘテロ原子を含んでいても良い。
 Rにより表される基又は2つのRが互いに結合して形成される環が置換基を更に備えている場合、この置換基としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。即ち、この置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(-F、-Br、-Cl、又は-I)、ヒドロキシル基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アミノ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルキルスルホキシ基、アリールスルホキシ基、アシルチオ基、アシルアミノ基、ウレイド基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリーロキシカルボニルアミノ基、N-アルキル-N-アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、N-アルキル-N-アリーロキシカルボニルアミノ基、N-アリール-N-アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、N-アリール-N-アリーロキシカルボニルアミノ基、ホルミル基、アシル基、カルボキシル基、カルバモイル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、スルホ基(-SOH)及びその共役塩基基(スルホナト基と称する)、アルコキシスルホニル基、アリーロキシスルホニル基、スルフィナモイル基、ホスホノ基(-PO)及びその共役塩基基(ホスホナト基と称する)、ホスホノオキシ基(-OPO)及びその共役塩基基(ホスホナトオキシ基と称する)、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロ環基、シリル基、並びに、アルキル基が挙げられる。
 これら置換基のうち、ヒドロキシル基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アルキル基等が好ましい。
Examples of the organic group represented by R A include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aliphatic cyclic group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group. When o = 2, two R A may be bonded to each other to form a ring. These groups or rings may further have a substituent.
The alkyl group represented by R A may be linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such an alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, an octadecyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, and a t-butyl group. Examples thereof include a butyl group, a 1-ethylpentyl group, and a 2-ethylhexyl group.
The alkenyl group represented by R A may be linear or branched. The alkenyl group has preferably 2 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such alkenyl groups include vinyl groups, allyl groups, and styryl groups.
The aliphatic cyclic group represented by R A is, for example, a cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Preferred examples of the aliphatic cyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R A is preferably one having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of such a group include aryl groups such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R A is preferably a phenyl group.
The heterocyclic hydrocarbon group represented by R A may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. This heterocyclic hydrocarbon group preferably has aromaticity.
The heterocyclic ring contained in the above group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of such heterocycle include imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, 2H-pyrrole ring, 3H-indole ring, 1H-indazole, purine ring, isoquinoline ring, 4H-quinolidine ring, Quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, cinnoline ring, pteridine ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, phenazine ring, perimidine ring, triazine ring, benzisoquinoline ring, thiazole ring, thiadiazine ring , An azepine ring, an azocine ring, an isothiazole ring, an isoxazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring.
R A is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or two R A are bonded to form a ring.
The ring that may be formed by combining at least two of R A , X, R, and A N with each other is preferably a 4- to 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. A ring is particularly preferable. Further, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom.
When the group represented by R A or the ring formed by bonding two R A to each other further includes a substituent, examples of the substituent include the following. That is, examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (—F, —Br, —Cl, or —I), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, and an acyloxy group. Carbamoyloxy group, alkylsulfoxy group, arylsulfoxy group, acylthio group, acylamino group, ureido group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, N-alkyl-N-alkoxycarbonylamino group, N-alkyl- N-aryloxycarbonylamino group, N-aryl-N-alkoxycarbonylamino group, N-aryl-N-aryloxycarbonylamino group, formyl group, acyl group, carboxyl group, carbamoyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group An alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, (referred to as a sulfonato group) sulfo group (-SO 3 H) and its conjugated base group, alkoxy sulfonyl group, aryloxy sulfonyl group, sulfinamoyl group, a phosphono group (-PO 3 H 2) and Its conjugated base group (referred to as phosphonato group), phosphonooxy group (—OPO 3 H 2 ) and its conjugated base group (referred to as phosphonatoxy group), cyano group, nitro group, aryl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, heterocyclic group , A silyl group, and an alkyl group.
Of these substituents, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an alkyl group, and the like are preferable.
 一般式(4)において、pは、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。
 一般式(4)により表される化合物(E)は、一態様において、式中のq個のRの内の少なくとも1つが芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。そして、この芳香族炭化水素基の少なくとも1つに結合するp個の-(X-A)基の内の少なくとも1つにおけるXは、上記芳香族炭化水素基との結合部が炭素原子である連結基であることが好ましい。
 即ち、この態様における化合物(E)では、Aにより表される塩基性部位が、Rにより表される芳香族炭化水素基に直結した炭素原子を介して、上記芳香族炭化水素基に結合している。
In the general formula (4), p is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 1.
The compound represented by the general formula (4) (E), in one embodiment, it is preferable that at least one of aromatic hydrocarbon groups of q pieces of R B in the formula. X in at least one of the p — (X—A N ) groups bonded to at least one of the aromatic hydrocarbon groups is a carbon atom at the bond to the aromatic hydrocarbon group. A linking group is preferred.
That is, the compounds in this embodiment (E), a basic moiety represented by A N is through a carbon atom directly bonded to the aromatic hydrocarbon groups represented by R B, bonded to the aromatic hydrocarbon group is doing.
 Rにより表される芳香族炭化水素基は、芳香族炭化水素基における芳香環として、複素環を含んでいてもよい。また、芳香環は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。
 芳香環基は、炭素数が6~14であることが好ましい。このような基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等のアリール基が挙げられる。芳香環基が複素環を含んでいる場合、複素環としては、例えば、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、及びチアゾール環が挙げられる。
 Rにより表される芳香族炭化水素基は、フェニル基又はナフチル基であることが好ましく、フェニル基であることが特に好ましい。
 Rにより表される芳香族炭化水素基は、以下に説明する-(X-A)により表される基以外に、置換基を更に備えていてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、先にRにおける置換基として列挙したものを用いることができる。
The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R B may include a heterocyclic ring as the aromatic ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
The aromatic ring group preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of such a group include aryl groups such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. When the aromatic ring group includes a heterocyclic ring, examples of the heterocyclic ring include thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzopyrrole ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, and triazole. A ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a thiazole ring.
Aromatic hydrocarbon groups represented by R B is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, particularly preferably a phenyl group.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R B may further have a substituent other than the group represented by — (X—A N ) described below. As a substituent, what was previously enumerated as a substituent in RA can be used, for example.
 また、この態様において、上記の芳香環Rに置換する少なくとも1つの-(X-A)基におけるXとしての連結基は、Rにより表される芳香族炭化水素基との結合部が炭素原子であれば、特に限定されない。連結基は、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-COO-、-CO-、若しくは、これらの組み合わせを含んでいる。連結基は、これら各基と、-O-、-S-、-OCO-、-S(=O)-、-S(=O)-、-OS(=O)-、及び-NR’-からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つとの組み合わせを含んでいてもよい。ここで、R’は、例えば、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
 Xにより表される連結基が含み得るアルキレン基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。このアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~20であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましい。このようなアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、及びブチレン基が挙げられる。
 Xにより表される連結基が含み得るシクロアルキレン基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このシクロアルキレン基の炭素数は、3~20であることが好ましく、3~10であることがより好ましい。このようなシクロアルキレン基としては、例えば、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基が挙げられる。
 Xにより表される連結基が含み得るアリーレン基の炭素数は、6~20であることが好ましく、6~10であることがより好ましい。このようなアリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン基及びナフチレン基が挙げられる。
 少なくとも1つのXは、下記一般式(N-III)又は(N-IV)により表されることが好ましい。
In this embodiment, the linking group as X in the at least one — (XA N ) group substituted on the aromatic ring R B has a bond with the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by R B. If it is a carbon atom, it will not specifically limit. The linking group includes, for example, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—, —CO—, or a combination thereof. The linking group includes these groups, —O—, —S—, —OCO—, —S (═O) —, —S (═O) 2 —, —OS (═O) 2 —, and —NR. A combination with at least one selected from the group consisting of “-” may be included. Here, R ′ represents, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
The alkylene group that can be contained in the linking group represented by X may be linear or branched. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of such an alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group.
The cycloalkylene group that may be contained in the linking group represented by X may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The cycloalkylene group preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of such a cycloalkylene group include a 1,4-cyclohexylene group.
The number of carbon atoms of the arylene group that can be contained in the linking group represented by X is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10. Examples of such an arylene group include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
At least one X is preferably represented by the following general formula (N-III) or (N-IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 式中、
 R及びRは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、脂肪族環式基、芳香族炭化水素基、又は複素環式炭化水素基を表す。RとRとは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。R及びRの少なくとも一方は、Eと互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
 Eは、連結基又は単結合を表す。
Where
R 2 and R 3 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aliphatic cyclic group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group. R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. At least one of R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to E to form a ring.
E represents a linking group or a single bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 式中、
 Jは、酸素原子、又は、硫黄原子を表す。
 Eは、連結基又は単結合を表す。
 R及びRにより表される各基並びにこれらが更に備え得る置換基としては、例えば、先にRについて説明したのと同様のものが挙げられる。RとRとが結合して形成し得る環、及び、R及びRの少なくとも一方がEと結合して形成し得る環は、4~7員環であることが好ましく、5又は6員環であることがより好ましい。R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 Eにより表される連結基は、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-COO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-OCO-、-S(=O)-、-S(=O)-、-OS(=O)-、-NR-、又はこれらの組み合わせを含んでいる。ここで、Rは、例えば、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
 Eにより表される連結基は、アルキレン結合、エステル結合、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、ウレタン結合
Where
J represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
E represents a linking group or a single bond.
Examples of the groups represented by R 2 and R 3 and the substituents they may further include are the same as those described above for R A. The ring that can be formed by combining R 2 and R 3 and the ring that can be formed by combining at least one of R 2 and R 3 with E is preferably a 4- to 7-membered ring. A 6-membered ring is more preferable. R 2 and R 3 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The linking group represented by E is, for example, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, —COO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —OCO—, —S (═O) —, — S (═O) 2 —, —OS (═O) 2 —, —NR—, or a combination thereof is included. Here, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, for example.
The linking group represented by E is an alkylene bond, ester bond, ether bond, thioether bond, urethane bond
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
、ウレア結合 , Urea bond
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
、アミド結合、及びスルホンアミド結合からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。Eにより表される連結基は、より好ましくは、アルキレン結合、エステル結合、又はエーテル結合である。
 なお、化合物(E)は、窒素原子を含んだ部位を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、化合物(E)は、一般式(4)におけるRの少なくとも一つが、一般式(N-I)で表される構造を有する化合物であってもよい。
 一般式(4)により表される化合物(E)は、一態様において、下記一般式(N-V)により表される。
And at least one selected from the group consisting of an amide bond and a sulfonamide bond. The linking group represented by E is more preferably an alkylene bond, an ester bond, or an ether bond.
The compound (E) may be a compound having a plurality of sites containing nitrogen atoms. For example, the compound (E) may be a compound in which at least one of R A in the general formula (4) has a structure represented by the general formula (NI).
In one embodiment, the compound (E) represented by the general formula (4) is represented by the following general formula (NV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 式中、X、A及びYは、一般式(4)における各基と同義であり、具体例及び好ましい例も同様である。
 R14、R15、r及びlは、光酸発生剤の一態様を表す一般式(ZI-4)中の各基及び指数と同義であり、具体例及び好ましい例も同様である。
 また、一般式(4)により表される化合物(E)は、一態様において、下記一般式(N-VI)により表される。
In the formula, X, A N and Y - have the same meaning as each group in formula (4), and specific examples and preferred examples are also the same.
R 14 , R 15 , r and l have the same meanings as the groups and indices in General Formula (ZI-4) representing one embodiment of the photoacid generator, and specific examples and preferred examples are also the same.
In addition, in one embodiment, the compound (E) represented by the general formula (4) is represented by the following general formula (N-VI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 一般式(N-VI)中、
 Aは、硫黄原子又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 R11は、各々独立に、アルキル基、アルケニル基、脂肪族環式基、芳香族炭化水素基、又は複素環式炭化水素基を表す。m=2の場合、2つのR11が互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
 Arは、各々独立に、芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 Xは、各々独立に、2価の連結基を表す。
 R12は、各々独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 上記Aが硫黄原子である場合、mは、1~3の整数であり、nは、m+n=3なる関係を満たす整数である。
 上記Aがヨウ素原子である場合、mは、1又は2の整数であり、nは、m+n=2なる関係を満たす整数である。
 Yは、アニオンを表す(詳細は、化合物(E)のアニオン部として後述する通りである)。
 R11としてのアルキル基、アルケニル基、脂肪族環式基、芳香族炭化水素基、及び、複素環式炭化水素基の具体例及び好ましい例は、上記一般式(4)におけるRとしてのアルキル基、アルケニル基、脂肪族環式基、芳香族炭化水素基、及び、複素環式炭化水素基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
 Arとしての芳香族炭化水素基の具体例及び好ましい例は、上記一般式(4)におけるRとしての芳香族炭化水素基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
 Xとしての2価の連結基の具体例及び好ましい例は、上記一般式(4)におけるXとしての連結基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
 R12としての有機基の具体例及び好ましい例は、上記一般式(N-I)におけるR及びRとしての有機基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
 Xがアルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基)であり、2つのR12が互いに結合して環を形成する態様が、露光後加熱(PEB)温度依存性及び露光後線幅(PED)安定性の観点からは特に好ましい。
 化合物(E)のアニオン部は、特に制限はない。化合物(E)が含んでいるアニオンは、非求核性アニオンであることが好ましい。ここで、非求核性アニオンとは、求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオンであり、分子内求核反応による経時分解を抑制することができるアニオンである。これにより、本発明に係る組成物の経時安定性が向上する。
 非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン、カルボン酸アニオン、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチルアニオン等を挙げることができる。
 スルホン酸アニオンとしては、例えば、脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、カンファースルホン酸アニオンなどが挙げられる。
 カルボン酸アニオンとしては、例えば、脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンなどが挙げられる。
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基及び炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、オクタデシル基、ノナデシル基、エイコシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、ボルニル基等を挙げることができる。
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおける芳香族基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおけるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおけるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基の置換基としては、例えば、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、沃素原子)、カルボキシ基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~15)、アリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)、アルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~20)、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数10~20)、アルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数5~20)、シクロアルキルアルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数8~20)等を挙げることができる。各基が有するアリール基及び環構造については、置換基としてさらにアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)を挙げることができる。
 脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位としては、脂肪族スルホン酸アニオンおけると同様のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基を挙げることができる。
 芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおける芳香族基としては、芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおけると同様のアリール基を挙げることができる。
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~12のアラルキル基、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、ナフチルブチル基等を挙げることができる。
 脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン及びアラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基及びアラルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン及びアラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基及びアラルキル基の置換基としては、例えば、芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおけると同様のハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基等を挙げることができる。
 スルホニルイミドアニオンとしては、例えば、サッカリンアニオンを挙げることができる。
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチルアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基等を挙げることができる。これらのアルキル基の置換基としてはハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基等を挙げることができ、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。また、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおける2つのアルキル基が、互いに結合して環状構造を形成している態様も好ましい。この場合、形成される環状構造は5~7員環であることが好ましい。
 その他の非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、弗素化燐、弗素化硼素、弗素化アンチモン等を挙げることができる。
 非求核性アニオンとしては、スルホン酸のα位がフッ素原子で置換された脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが好ましい。非求核性アニオンとして、より好ましくは炭素数4~8のパーフロロ脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子を有するベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、更により好ましくはノナフロロブタンスルホン酸アニオン、パーフロロオクタンスルホン酸アニオン、ペンタフロロベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、3,5-ビス(トリフロロメチル)ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンである。
 また、非求核性アニオンは、例えば、下記一般式(LD1)により表されることが好ましい。
In general formula (N-VI),
A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom.
R 11 each independently represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aliphatic cyclic group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group. When m = 2, two R 11 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
Ar each independently represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
X 1 each independently represents a divalent linking group.
R 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
When A is a sulfur atom, m is an integer of 1 to 3, and n is an integer that satisfies the relationship m + n = 3.
When A is an iodine atom, m is an integer of 1 or 2, and n is an integer that satisfies the relationship m + n = 2.
Y represents an anion (the details are as described later as the anion part of the compound (E)).
Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, aliphatic cyclic group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, and heterocyclic hydrocarbon group as R 11 include alkyl as R A in the general formula (4). Specific examples and preferred examples of the group, alkenyl group, aliphatic cyclic group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic hydrocarbon group are the same.
Specific examples and preferred examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group as Ar are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group as R B in the general formula (4).
Specific examples and preferred examples of the divalent linking group as X 1 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the linking group as X in the general formula (4).
Specific examples and preferred examples of the organic group as R 12 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the organic group as R A and R B in the general formula (NI).
The aspect in which X is an alkylene group (for example, a methylene group) and two R 12 are bonded to each other to form a ring is a view point of post-exposure heating (PEB) temperature dependence and post-exposure line width (PED) stability. Is particularly preferable.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular in the anion part of a compound (E). The anion contained in the compound (E) is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion. Here, the non-nucleophilic anion is an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction, and an anion capable of suppressing degradation with time due to intramolecular nucleophilic reaction. Thereby, the temporal stability of the composition according to the present invention is improved.
Examples of the non-nucleophilic anion include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a sulfonylimide anion, a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methyl anion.
Examples of the sulfonate anion include an aliphatic sulfonate anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion, and a camphor sulfonate anion.
Examples of the carboxylate anion include an aliphatic carboxylate anion, an aromatic carboxylate anion, and an aralkylcarboxylate anion.
The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methyl Group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, pentyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group , Tridecyl group, tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, octadecyl group, nonadecyl group, eicosyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, adamantyl group, norbornyl group, bornyl group and the like.
The aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion include, for example, a nitro group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), carboxy group A hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 15), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 14), an alkoxycarbonyl group ( Preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms, acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (Preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl An oxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group ( Preferable examples include 5 to 20 carbon atoms and a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably 8 to 20 carbon atoms). Regarding the aryl group and ring structure of each group, examples of the substituent further include an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 15).
Examples of the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic carboxylate anion include the same alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as in the aliphatic sulfonate anion.
Examples of the aromatic group in the aromatic carboxylate anion include the same aryl group as in the aromatic sulfonate anion.
The aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group in the aliphatic carboxylate anion, aromatic carboxylate anion and aralkylcarboxylate anion may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group in the aliphatic carboxylate anion, aromatic carboxylate anion and aralkylcarboxylate anion include, for example, the same halogen atom and alkyl as in the aromatic sulfonate anion Group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group and the like.
Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
The alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methyl anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, Examples thereof include an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a pentyl group, and a neopentyl group. Examples of substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and the like. Alkyl groups substituted with fluorine atoms are preferred. Also preferred is an embodiment in which two alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion are bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the cyclic structure formed is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring.
Examples of other non-nucleophilic anions include fluorinated phosphorus, fluorinated boron, and fluorinated antimony.
Examples of the non-nucleophilic anion include an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which the α-position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, and an alkyl group having a fluorine atom. A substituted bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom are preferred. The non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, a perfluorooctanesulfonate anion, Pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anion, 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonate anion.
Moreover, it is preferable that a non-nucleophilic anion is represented by the following general formula (LD1), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 式中、
 Xfは、各々独立に、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、アルキル基を表す。
 Lは、各々独立に、2価の連結基を表す。
 Cyは、環状の有機基を表す。
 xは、1~20の整数を表す。
 yは、0~10の整数を表す。
 zは、0~10の整数を表す。
 Xfは、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 Xfは、好ましくは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。より具体的には、Xfは、フッ素原子、CF、C、C、C、C11、C13、C15、C17、CHCF、CHCHCF、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCH、CH、又はCHCHであることが好ましい。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、アルキル基である。このアルキル基は、置換基(好ましくはフッ素原子)を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4のものが好ましい。さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。R及びRとしての置換基を有するアルキル基の具体的としては、例えば、CF、C、C、C、C11、C13、C15、C17、CHCF、CHCHCF、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCH、CH、及びCHCHが挙げられ、中でもCFが好ましい。
 Lは、2価の連結基を表す。この2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、及びアルケニレン基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、-CONH-、-CO-、又は-SO-が好ましく、-CONH-又は-SO-がより好ましい。
 Cyは、環状の有機基を表す。環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの炭素数7以上のかさ高い構造を有する脂環基が、PEB(露光後加熱)工程での膜中拡散性の抑制及びMEEF(Mask Error Enhancement Factor)の向上の観点から好ましい。
 アリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。中でも、193nmにおける光吸光度が比較的低いナフチル基が好ましい。
 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよいが、多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。また、ラクトン環の例としては、上記一般式(N-1)におけるRおよびRに関して例示したラクトン環が挙げられる。
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。アルキル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。また、アルキル基は、炭素数が1~12であることが好ましい。シクロアルキル基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。また、シクロアルキル基は、炭素数が3~12であることが好ましい。アリール基は、炭素数が6~14であることが好ましい。
 xは1~8が好ましく、中でも1~4が好ましく、1が特に好ましい。yは0~4が好ましく、0がより好ましい。zは0~8が好ましく、中でも0~4が好ましい。
 また、非求核性アニオンは、例えば、下記一般式(LD2)により表されることも好ましい。
Where
Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group.
L each independently represents a divalent linking group.
Cy represents a cyclic organic group.
x represents an integer of 1 to 20.
y represents an integer of 0 to 10.
z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More specifically, Xf is a fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C 8 F 17 , CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 C 4 F 9 Or CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 is preferred.
R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group. This alkyl group may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group having a substituent as R 1 and R 2 include, for example, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C 8 F 17 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 Examples include F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 , and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 , among which CF 3 is preferable.
L represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, and a cycloalkylene group. And alkenylene groups. Among these, —CONH—, —CO—, or —SO 2 — is preferable, and —CONH— or —SO 2 — is more preferable.
Cy represents a cyclic organic group. Examples of the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. Among these, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, is a PEB (heating after exposure) step. From the viewpoints of suppressing diffusibility in the film and improving MEEF (Mask Error Enhancement Factor).
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group. Among these, a naphthyl group having a relatively low light absorbance at 193 nm is preferable.
The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but the polycyclic group can suppress acid diffusion more. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring not having aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. As the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable. Examples of the lactone ring include the lactone rings exemplified for R A and R B in the general formula (N-1).
The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid ester group. It is done. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The cycloalkyl group preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
x is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1. y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0. z is preferably 0 to 8, more preferably 0 to 4.
Moreover, it is also preferable that a non-nucleophilic anion is represented by the following general formula (LD2), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 一般式(LD2)中、Xf、R、R、L、Cy、x、y及びzは、一般式(LD1)における各々と同義である。Rfは、フッ素原子を含んだ基である。
 Rfによる表されるフッ素原子を含んだ基としては、例えば、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアルキル基、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、及び少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアリール基が挙げられる。
 これらアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、フッ素原子により置換されていてもよく、フッ素原子を含んだ他の置換基により置換されていてもよい。Rfが少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアリール基である場合、フッ素原子を含んだ他の置換基としては、例えば、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が挙げられる。
 また、これらアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、フッ素原子を含んでいない置換基によって更に置換されていてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、先にCyについて説明したもののうち、フッ素原子を含んでいないものを挙げることができる。
 Rfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアルキル基としては、例えば、Xfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基として先に説明したのと同様のものが挙げられる。Rfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、パーフルオロシクロペンチル基、及びパーフルオロシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。Rfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、例えば、パーフルオロフェニル基が挙げられる。
 化合物(E)のアニオン部分の好ましい態様としては、上述した一般式(LD1)及び(LD2)で表される構造の他に、光酸発生剤の好ましいアニオン構造として例示する構造を挙げることができる。
 また、化合物(E)は、(化合物中に含まれる全フッ素原子の質量の合計)/(化合物中に含まれる全原子の質量の合計)により表されるフッ素含有率が0.30以下であることが好ましく、0.25以下であることがより好ましく、0.20以下であることが更に好ましく、0.15以下であることが特に好ましく、0.10以下であることが最も好ましい。
 以下に、化合物(E)の具体例を挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
In General Formula (LD2), Xf, R 1 , R 2 , L, Cy, x, y, and z have the same meanings as in General Formula (LD1). Rf is a group containing a fluorine atom.
Examples of the group containing a fluorine atom represented by Rf include an alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, and an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom. .
These alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, or may be substituted with another substituent containing a fluorine atom. When Rf is a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom or an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom, other substituents containing a fluorine atom include, for example, alkyl substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Groups.
Further, these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be further substituted with a substituent not containing a fluorine atom. As this substituent, the thing which does not contain a fluorine atom among what was demonstrated about Cy previously can be mentioned, for example.
Examples of the alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include those described above as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom represented by Xf. Examples of the cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorocyclopentyl group and a perfluorocyclohexyl group. Examples of the aryl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorophenyl group.
Preferred embodiments of the anion moiety of compound (E) include the structures exemplified as preferred anion structures of the photoacid generator in addition to the structures represented by the general formulas (LD1) and (LD2) described above. .
The compound (E) has a fluorine content represented by (total mass of all fluorine atoms contained in the compound) / (total mass of all atoms contained in the compound) of 0.30 or less. It is preferably 0.25 or less, more preferably 0.20 or less, particularly preferably 0.15 or less, and most preferably 0.10 or less.
Although the specific example of a compound (E) is given to the following, it is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 化合物(E)は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 化合物(E)の含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、通常は0.001~10質量%の範囲内にあり、好ましくは0.1~10質量%、より好ましくは1~10質量%の範囲内にある。
 なお、化合物(E)からの発生酸の体積が大きい方が、解像性向上の観点から好ましい。
A compound (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
The content of the compound (E) is usually in the range of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 10%, based on the total solid content of the composition. It is in the range of mass%.
In addition, the direction where the volume of the acid generated from the compound (E) is large is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the resolution.
 [4](C)高分子化合物(A)とは異なる、酸架橋性基を有する化合物
 本発明の組成物は、上記高分子化合物(A)とは異なる、酸架橋性基を有する化合物(C)(以下、「化合物(C)」又は「酸架橋剤(C)」ともいう)を含有し得る。化合物(C)としては、ヒドロキシメチル基又はアルコキシメチル基を分子内に2個以上含む化合物であることが好ましい。また、LER向上の観点からは、化合物(C)がメチロール基を含んでいることが好ましい。
[4] (C) Compound having acid crosslinkable group different from polymer compound (A) The composition of the present invention is different from the above polymer compound (A) in having compound having acid crosslinkable group (C ) (Hereinafter also referred to as “compound (C)” or “acid crosslinking agent (C)”). The compound (C) is preferably a compound containing two or more hydroxymethyl groups or alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule. Moreover, it is preferable that a compound (C) contains the methylol group from a viewpoint of LER improvement.
 まず、化合物(C)が低分子化合物である場合(以下、「化合物(C’)」ともいう)について説明する。化合物(C’)として、好ましくは、ヒドロキシメチル化又はアルコキシメチル化フェノール化合物、アルコキシメチル化メラミン系化合物、アルコキシメチルグリコールウリル系化合物及びアルコキシメチル化ウレア系化合物が挙げられる。特に好ましい化合物(C’)としては、分子内にベンゼン環を3~5個含み、更にヒドロキシメチル基又はアルコキシメチル基を合わせて2個以上有し、分子量が1200以下のフェノール誘導体やアルコキシメチルグリコールウリル誘導体が挙げられる。
 アルコキシメチル基としては、メトキシメチル基、エトキシメチル基が好ましい。
First, the case where the compound (C) is a low molecular compound (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (C ′)”) will be described. The compound (C ′) is preferably a hydroxymethylated or alkoxymethylated phenol compound, an alkoxymethylated melamine compound, an alkoxymethylglycoluril compound, and an alkoxymethylated urea compound. Particularly preferred compounds (C ′) include phenol derivatives and alkoxymethyl glycols having 3 to 5 benzene rings in the molecule, and further having two or more hydroxymethyl groups or alkoxymethyl groups, and a molecular weight of 1200 or less. Examples include uril derivatives.
As the alkoxymethyl group, a methoxymethyl group and an ethoxymethyl group are preferable.
 上記化合物(C’)の例のうち、ヒドロキシメチル基を有するフェノール誘導体は、対応するヒドロキシメチル基を有さないフェノール化合物とホルムアルデヒドとを塩基触媒下で反応させることによって得ることができる。また、アルコキシメチル基を有するフェノール誘導体は、対応するヒドロキシメチル基を有するフェノール誘導体とアルコールを酸触媒下で反応させることによって得ることができる。 Among the examples of the compound (C ′), a phenol derivative having a hydroxymethyl group can be obtained by reacting a corresponding phenol compound having no hydroxymethyl group with formaldehyde under a base catalyst. A phenol derivative having an alkoxymethyl group can be obtained by reacting a corresponding phenol derivative having a hydroxymethyl group with an alcohol in the presence of an acid catalyst.
 別の好ましい化合物(C’)の例として、更にアルコキシメチル化メラミン系化合物、アルコキシメチルグリコールウリル系化合物類及びアルコキシメチル化ウレア系化合物のようなN-ヒドロキシメチル基又はN-アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物を挙げることができる。 Examples of another preferable compound (C ′) further have an N-hydroxymethyl group or an N-alkoxymethyl group such as alkoxymethylated melamine compounds, alkoxymethylglycoluril compounds, and alkoxymethylated urea compounds. A compound can be mentioned.
 このような化合物としては、ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサエトキシメチルメラミン、テトラメトキシメチルグリコールウリル、1,3-ビスメトキシメチル-4,5-ビスメトキシエチレンウレア、ビスメトキシメチルウレア等が挙げられ、EP0,133,216A号、西独特許第3,634,671号、同第3,711,264号、EP0,212,482A号に開示されている。
 化合物(C’)の具体例の中で特に好ましいものを以下に挙げる。
Examples of such compounds include hexamethoxymethyl melamine, hexaethoxymethyl melamine, tetramethoxymethyl glycoluril, 1,3-bismethoxymethyl-4,5-bismethoxyethylene urea, bismethoxymethyl urea, and the like. 133, 216A, West German Patent 3,634,671, 3,711,264, EP 0,212,482A.
Of the specific examples of the compound (C ′), those particularly preferred are listed below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 式中、L~Lは、各々独立に、水素原子、ヒドロキシメチル基、メトキシメチル基、エトキシメチル基又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 本発明の一形態において、化合物(C’)は、下記一般式(I)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
In the formula, L 1 to L 8 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxymethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the compound (C ′) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 一般式(I)中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数5以下の炭化水素基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はアシル基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数2以上の有機基を表す。R及びRは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In general formula (I),
R 1 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
R 2 and R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group.
R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 2 or more carbon atoms. R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
 本発明の一形態において、R及びRは、好ましくは炭素数5以下の炭化水素基であり、より好ましくは炭素数4以下の炭化水素基であり、特に好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基が挙げられる。 In one embodiment of the present invention, R 1 and R 6 are preferably a hydrocarbon group having 5 or less carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 4 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, Examples include a propyl group and an isopropyl group.
 R及びRにより表されるアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~6以下のアルキル基が好ましく、シクロアルキル基として、例えば、炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、アリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~12のアリール基が好ましく、アシル基としては、例えば、アルキル部位の炭素数が1~6のものが好ましい。
 本発明の一形態において、R及びRは、アルキル基であることが好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。
As the alkyl group represented by R 2 and R 5 , for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and as a cycloalkyl group, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and as an aryl group, For example, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred, and an acyl group having, for example, an alkyl moiety having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred.
In one embodiment of the present invention, R 2 and R 5 are preferably alkyl groups, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably methyl groups.
 R及びRにより表される炭素数2以上の有機基としては、例えば、炭素数2以上のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基等が挙げられ、また、R及びRが互いに結合して形成して以下に詳述する環を形成していることが好ましい。 Examples of the organic group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by R 3 and R 4 include an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other. It is preferable to form the ring described in detail below.
 R及びRが互いに結合して形成される環としては、例えば、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の複素環、又は、これらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環を挙げることができる。 Examples of the ring formed by combining R 3 and R 4 with each other include, for example, an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring, or a combination of two or more of these rings The polycyclic fused ring formed can be mentioned.
 これらの環は置換基を有していてもよく、このような置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アリール基、アルコキシメチル基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン、又はヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。 These rings may have a substituent. Examples of such a substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. , A nitro group, a halogen, or a hydroxy group.
 以下に、R及びRが互いに結合して形成する環の具体例を挙げる。式中の*は、フェノール核との連結部位を表す。 Specific examples of the ring formed by combining R 3 and R 4 with each other are given below. * In a formula represents a connection part with a phenol nucleus.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 本発明の一形態において、一般式(I)中のR及びRが結合してベンゼン環を含む多環縮合環を形成していることが好ましく、フルオレン構造を形成していることがより好ましい。
 化合物(C’)は、例えば、一般式(I)中のR及びRが結合して、下記一般式(I-a)で表されるフルオレン構造を形成していることが好ましい。
In one embodiment of the present invention, R 3 and R 4 in the general formula (I) are preferably bonded to form a polycyclic fused ring containing a benzene ring, and more preferably a fluorene structure is formed. preferable.
In the compound (C ′), for example, R 3 and R 4 in the general formula (I) are preferably bonded to form a fluorene structure represented by the following general formula (Ia).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 式中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、置換基を表す。置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アルコキシメチル基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン、又はヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。
 n1及びn2は、各々独立に、0~4の整数を表し、好ましくは0又は1を表す。
 *は、フェノール核との連結部位を表す。
Where
R 7 and R 8 each independently represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a nitro group, a halogen, and a hydroxy group.
n1 and n2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1.
* Represents a linking site with a phenol nucleus.
 また、本発明の一形態において、化合物(C’)は、下記一般式(I-b)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
In one embodiment of the present invention, the compound (C ′) is preferably represented by the following general formula (Ib).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 式中、
 R1b及びR6bは、各々独立に、炭素数5以下のアルキル基を表す。
 R2b及びR5bは、各々独立に、炭素数6以下のアルキル基又は炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基を表す。
 Zは、式中の炭素原子と共に環を形成するのに必要な原子群を表す。
 Zが式中の炭素原子と共に形成する環については、上述した一般式(I)の説明において、R及びRが互いに結合して形成する環について説明したものと同様である。
Where
R 1b and R 6b each independently represents an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
R 2b and R 5b each independently represents an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
Z represents an atomic group necessary for forming a ring together with the carbon atom in the formula.
The ring formed by Z together with the carbon atom in the formula is the same as that described for the ring formed by combining R 3 and R 4 with each other in the description of the general formula (I).
 本発明の一形態において、化合物(C’)は、分子内に4つ以上の芳香環と、アルコキシメチル基及び/又はヒドロキシメチル基を合計で2つ有する化合物であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the compound (C ′) is preferably a compound having a total of two or more aromatic rings and two alkoxymethyl groups and / or hydroxymethyl groups in the molecule.
 次に、一般式(I)で表される化合物(C’)の製造方法について説明する。
 一般式(I)で表される化合物(C’)の母核となるビスフェノール化合物は、一般に、対応する2分子のフェノール化合物と、対応する1分子のケトンを、酸触媒存在下、脱水縮合反応することにより合成される。
Next, the manufacturing method of compound (C ') represented by general formula (I) is demonstrated.
In general, the bisphenol compound serving as the mother nucleus of the compound (C ′) represented by the general formula (I) is generally a dehydration condensation reaction between two corresponding molecules of a phenol compound and one corresponding molecule of a ketone in the presence of an acid catalyst. To be synthesized.
 得られたビスフェノール体をパラホルムアルデヒドとジメチルアミンで処理して、アミノメチル化することにより、下記一般式(I-C)で表される中間体を得る。続いて、アセチル化、脱アセチル化、アルキル化を経て、目的の酸架橋剤が得られる。 The obtained bisphenol compound is treated with paraformaldehyde and dimethylamine and aminomethylated to obtain an intermediate represented by the following general formula (IC). Subsequently, the target acid crosslinking agent is obtained through acetylation, deacetylation, and alkylation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 式中、R、R、R及びRは、一般式(I)中の各基と同義である。 In formula, R < 1 >, R < 3 >, R < 4 > and R < 6 > are synonymous with each group in general formula (I).
 本合成法は、従来の塩基性条件下にてヒドロキシメチル体を経由するような合成方法(たとえば、特開2008-273844号公報)に比べてオリゴマーを生成しづらいため、パーティクル形成抑止効果がある。
 以下に、一般式(I)で表される化合物(C’)の具体例を示す。
This synthesis method has an effect of inhibiting particle formation because it is difficult to produce an oligomer as compared with a synthesis method via a hydroxymethyl compound under a basic condition (for example, JP 2008-273844 A). .
Specific examples of the compound (C ′) represented by the general formula (I) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 本発明において、化合物(C’)は単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。良好なパターン形状の観点からは、2種以上組み合わせて用いることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the compound (C ′) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of a good pattern shape, it is preferable to use a combination of two or more.
 酸架橋性基を含む化合物(C)は、高分子化合物(A)における一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位とは異なる、酸架橋性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂(化合物(C”))の態様であってもよい。 The compound (C) containing an acid crosslinkable group is different from the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) in the polymer compound (A) and contains a resin (compound (C ″ )).
 本発明に係るネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、化合物(C)を含有しても含有しなくても良いが、含有する場合、化合物(C)の含有率は、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分中、好ましくは0.5~30質量%であり、より好ましくは1~15質量%である。 The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention may or may not contain the compound (C), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (C) is negative. The total solid content of the mold-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 15% by mass.
[5](D)疎水性樹脂
 本発明に係るネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、特に液浸露光に適用する際、疎水性樹脂(以下、「疎水性樹脂(D)」又は単に「樹脂(D)」ともいう)を含有してもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂(D)は、上記高分子化合物(A)とは異なることが好ましい。
 これにより、膜表層に疎水性樹脂(D)が偏在化し、液浸媒体が水の場合、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的/動的な接触角を向上させ、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。
 疎水性樹脂(D)は前述のように界面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくても良い。
[5] (D) Hydrophobic Resin The negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)”, particularly when applied to immersion exposure. Or simply “resin (D)”. The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably different from the polymer compound (A).
As a result, the hydrophobic resin (D) is unevenly distributed in the film surface layer, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to.
The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above. However, unlike the surfactant, the hydrophobic resin (D) does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“珪素原子”、及び、“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”のいずれか1種以上を有することが好ましく、2種以上を有することがさらに好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (D) is selected from any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
 疎水性樹脂(D)が、フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂(D)に於ける上記フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。 When the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (D) may be contained in the main chain of the resin. , May be contained in the side chain.
 疎水性樹脂(D)がフッ素原子を含んでいる場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又は、フッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10、より好ましくは炭素数1~4)は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された直鎖又は分岐アルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などのアリール基の少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたものが挙げられ、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
When the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom, it is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom. Preferably there is.
The alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. It may have a substituent other than.
The cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. .
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、及びフッ素原子を有するアリール基として、好ましくは、下記一般式(F2)~(F4)で表される基を挙げることができるが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。 Preferred examples of the alkyl group having a fluorine atom, the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, and the aryl group having a fluorine atom include groups represented by the following general formulas (F2) to (F4). The invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 一般式(F2)~(F4)中、
 R57~R68は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又はアルキル基(直鎖若しくは分岐)を表す。但し、R57~R61少なくとも1つ、R62~R64の少なくとも1つ、及びR65~R68の少なくとも1つは、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子又は少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)を表す。
 R57~R61及びR65~R67は、全てがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。R62、R63及びR68は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)が好ましく、炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。R62とR63は、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
In general formulas (F2) to (F4),
R 57 to R 68 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (straight or branched). However, at least one of R 57 to R 61, at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. Represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
All of R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are preferably fluorine atoms. R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further preferred. R 62 and R 63 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(F2)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば、p-フルオロフェニル基、ペンタフルオロフェニル基、3,5-ジ(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル基等が挙げられる。
 一般式(F3)で表される基の具体例としては、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロプロピル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、ヘプタフルオロブチル基、ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘキサフルオロ(2-メチル)イソプロピル基、ノナフルオロブチル基、オクタフルオロイソブチル基、ノナフルオロヘキシル基、ノナフルオロ-t-ブチル基、パーフルオロイソペンチル基、パーフルオロオクチル基、パーフルオロ(トリメチル)ヘキシル基、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロシクロブチル基、パーフルオロシクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘキサフルオロ(2-メチル)イソプロピル基、オクタフルオロイソブチル基、ノナフルオロ-t-ブチル基、パーフルオロイソペンチル基が好ましく、ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基が更に好ましい。
 一般式(F4)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば、-C(CFOH、-C(COH、-C(CF)(CH)OH、-CH(CF)OH等が挙げられ、-C(CFOHが好ましい。
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, and a 3,5-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group.
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F3) include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoropropyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, heptafluorobutyl group, hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2 -Methyl) isopropyl group, nonafluorobutyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluorohexyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group, perfluoroisopentyl group, perfluorooctyl group, perfluoro (trimethyl) hexyl group, 2,2 , 3,3-tetrafluorocyclobutyl group, perfluorocyclohexyl group and the like. Hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2-methyl) isopropyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group and perfluoroisopentyl group are preferable, and hexafluoroisopropyl group and heptafluoroisopropyl group are preferable. Further preferred.
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F4) include, for example, —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C (C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C (CF 3 ) (CH 3 ) OH, —CH (CF 3 ) OH and the like are mentioned, and —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferable.
 フッ素原子を含む部分構造は、主鎖に直接結合しても良く、更に、アルキレン基、フェニレン基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル基、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合及びウレイレン結合よりなる群から選択される基、或いはこれらの2つ以上を組み合わせた基を介して主鎖に結合しても良い。 The partial structure containing a fluorine atom may be directly bonded to the main chain, and further from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond and a ureylene bond. You may couple | bond with a principal chain through the group selected or the group which combined these 2 or more.
 以下、フッ素原子を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。
 具体例中、Xは、水素原子、-CH、-F又は-CFを表す。Xは、-F又は-CFを表す。
Hereinafter, although the specific example of the repeating unit which has a fluorine atom is shown, this invention is not limited to this.
In specific examples, X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 . X 2 represents —F or —CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、珪素原子を含有してもよい。珪素原子を有する部分構造として、アルキルシリル構造(好ましくはトリアルキルシリル基)、又は環状シロキサン構造を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 アルキルシリル構造、又は環状シロキサン構造としては、具体的には、下記一般式(CS-1)~(CS-3)で表される基などが挙げられる。
The hydrophobic resin (D) may contain a silicon atom. The partial structure having a silicon atom is preferably a resin having an alkylsilyl structure (preferably a trialkylsilyl group) or a cyclic siloxane structure.
Specific examples of the alkylsilyl structure or the cyclic siloxane structure include groups represented by the following general formulas (CS-1) to (CS-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 一般式(CS-1)~(CS-3)に於いて、
 R12~R26は、各々独立に、直鎖若しくは分岐アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)又はシクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)を表す。
 L~Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、フェニレン基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル基、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、及びウレア結合よりなる群から選択される単独或いは2つ以上の組み合わせ(好ましくは総炭素数12以下)が挙げられる。
 nは、1~5の整数を表す。nは、好ましくは、2~4の整数である。
In general formulas (CS-1) to (CS-3),
R 12 to R 26 each independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms).
L 3 to L 5 each represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, and a urea bond, or a combination of two or more ( Preferably, the total carbon number is 12 or less).
n represents an integer of 1 to 5. n is preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
 以下、一般式(CS-1)~(CS-3)で表される基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。なお、具体例中、Xは、水素原子、-CH、-F又は-CFを表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having groups represented by general formulas (CS-1) to (CS-3) will be given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In specific examples, X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 また、上記したように、疎水性樹脂(D)は、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含むことも好ましい。
 ここで、上記樹脂(D)中の側鎖部分が有するCH部分構造(以下、単に「側鎖CH部分構造」ともいう)には、エチル基、プロピル基等が有するCH部分構造が包含される。
 一方、樹脂(D)の主鎖に直接結合しているメチル基(例えば、メタクリル酸構造を有する繰り返し単位のα-メチル基)は、主鎖の影響により樹脂(D)の表面偏在化への寄与が小さいため、CH部分構造に包含されないものとする。
Further, as described above, the hydrophobic resin (D), it is also preferred to include CH 3 partial structure side chain moiety.
Here, the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain portion in the resin (D) (hereinafter also simply referred to as “side chain CH 3 partial structure”) has a CH 3 partial structure of an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like. Is included.
On the other hand, a methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the resin (D) (for example, α-methyl group of a repeating unit having a methacrylic acid structure) causes uneven distribution of the surface of the resin (D) due to the influence of the main chain. Since the contribution is small, it is not included in the CH 3 partial structure.
 より具体的には、樹脂(D)が、例えば、下記一般式(M)で表される繰り返し単位などの、炭素-炭素二重結合を有する重合性部位を有するモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を含む場合であって、R11~R14がCH「そのもの」である場合、そのCHは、CH部分構造には包含されない。
 一方、C-C主鎖から何らかの原子を介して存在するCH部分構造は、本発明におけるCH部分構造に該当するものとする。例えば、R11がエチル基(CHCH)である場合、CH部分構造を「1つ」有するものとする。
More specifically, the resin (D) includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M). In the case where R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”, the CH 3 is not included in the CH 3 partial structure.
Meanwhile, CH 3 partial structure exists through some atoms from C-C backbone, and those falling under CH 3 partial structures in the present invention. For example, when R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 ), it has “one” CH 3 partial structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 上記一般式(M)中、
 R11~R14は、各々独立に、側鎖部分を表す。
 側鎖部分のR11~R14としては、水素原子、1価の有機基などが挙げられる。
 R11~R14についての1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられ、これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
In the general formula (M),
R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
Examples of R 11 to R 14 in the side chain portion include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
Examples of the monovalent organic group for R 11 to R 14 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylaminocarbonyl. Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることが好ましく、このような繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を有していることがより好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and as such a repeating unit, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II), and It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by the following general formula (III).
 以下、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 上記一般式(II)中、Xb1は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、Rは1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表す。ここで、酸に対して安定な有機基は、非酸分解性の有機基であり、非酸分解性とは、高分子化合物(A)の項にて説明したように、光酸発生剤が発生する酸により、分解反応が起こらない性質を意味する。 In the general formula (II), X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom, R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid. Here, the acid-stable organic group is a non-acid-decomposable organic group, and non-acid-decomposable means that a photoacid generator is used as described in the section of the polymer compound (A). It means the property that the decomposition reaction does not occur due to the generated acid.
 Xb1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 Xb1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
The alkyl group of Xb1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rとしては、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基が挙げられる。上記のシクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基は、更に、置換基としてアルキル基を有していても良い。
 Rは、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基又はアルキル置換シクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rとしての1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH部分構造を2個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、2個以上8個以下有することがより好ましい。
Examples of R 2 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures. The above cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a substituent.
R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数3~20の分岐のアルキル基が好ましい。好ましいアルキル基としては、具体的には、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、3-ペンチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、3-ヘキシル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、イソオクチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基等が挙げられる。より好ましくは、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基である。 The alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific examples of preferable alkyl groups include isopropyl group, isobutyl group, 3-pentyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 3-hexyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, and 3-methyl-4. -Hexyl, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl, isooctyl, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2,6-dimethylheptyl, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl Group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group and the like. More preferably, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, a 2-methyl-3-butyl group, a 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, a 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, a 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group is there.
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するシクロアルキル基は、単環式でも、多環式でもよい。具体的には、炭素数5以上のモノシクロ、ビシクロ、トリシクロ、テトラシクロ構造等を有する基を挙げることができる。その炭素数は6~30個が好ましく、特に炭素数7~25個が好ましい。好ましいシクロアルキル基としては、アダマンチル基、ノルアダマンチル基、デカリン残基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、ノルボルニル基、セドロール基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、シクロデカニル基、シクロドデカニル基を挙げることができる。より好ましくは、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、トリシクロデカニル基を挙げることができる。より好ましくは、ノルボルニル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基である。
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアルケニル基としては、炭素数1~20の直鎖または分岐のアルケニル基が好ましく、分岐のアルケニル基がより好ましい。
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基を挙げることができ、好ましくはフェニル基である。
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。
The cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples include groups having a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo, tetracyclo structure or the like having 5 or more carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6-30, and particularly preferably 7-25. Preferred cycloalkyl groups include adamantyl group, noradamantyl group, decalin residue, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, norbornyl group, cedrol group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, A cyclodecanyl group and a cyclododecanyl group can be mentioned. More preferable examples include an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and tricyclodecanyl group. More preferably, they are a norbornyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
The alkenyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a branched alkenyl group.
The aryl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. is there.
The aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
 Rに於ける、2つ以上のCH部分構造を有する炭化水素基としては、具体的には、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、3-ペンチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、3-ヘキシル基、2,3-ジメチル-2-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、イソオクチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基、3,5-ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、4-イソプロピルシクロヘキシル基、4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシル基、イソボルニル基などが挙げられる。より好ましくは、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、2,3-ジメチル-2-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基、3,5-ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,5-ジtert-ブチルシクロヘキシル基、4-イソプロピルシクロヘキシル基、4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシル基、イソボルニル基である。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon group having two or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 include isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, 3-pentyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl. Group, 3-hexyl group, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, isooctyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group, 3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl group, 4-t-butylcyclohexyl group, isobornyl group and the like can be mentioned. More preferably, an isobutyl group, t-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3,5 , 7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group, 3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 3,5-ditert-butylcyclohexyl group, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl group, 4-t-butylcyclohexyl group and isobornyl group.
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。尚、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) are listed below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して、極性基を生じる基を有さない繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
 以下、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 上記一般式(III)中、Xb2は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、Rは1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表し、nは1から5の整数を表す。 In the above general formula (III), X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom, R 3 represents an acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures, n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
 Xb2のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、水素原子である事が好ましい。
 Xb2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
The alkyl group of Xb2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Rは、酸に対して安定な有機基であるため、より具体的には、記樹脂(A)において説明した“酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基”を有さない有機基であることが好ましい。 Since R 3 is an organic group that is stable to an acid, more specifically, the organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). It is preferable that
 Rとしては、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基が挙げられる。
 Rとしての1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH部分構造を1個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、1個以上8個以下有することがより好ましく、1個以上4個以下有することが更に好ましい。
R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数3~20の分岐のアルキル基が好ましい。好ましいアルキル基としては、具体的には、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、3-ペンチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、3-ヘキシル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、イソオクチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基等が挙げられる。より好ましくは、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基である。 The alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific examples of preferable alkyl groups include isopropyl group, isobutyl group, 3-pentyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 3-hexyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, and 3-methyl-4. -Hexyl, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl, isooctyl, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2,6-dimethylheptyl, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl Group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group and the like. More preferably, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, a 2-methyl-3-butyl group, a 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, a 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, a 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group is there.
 Rに於ける、2つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアルキル基としては、具体的には、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、3-ペンチル基、2,3-ジメチルブチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、3-ヘキシル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、イソオクチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基、などが挙げられる。より好ましくは、炭素数5~20であることがより好ましく、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基である。 Specific examples of the alkyl group having two or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 include isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, 3-pentyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 3-hexyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, isooctyl group, 2,4, 4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group, etc. . More preferably, it has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and is an isopropyl group, t-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, or 3-methyl-4-hexyl group. 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3, 5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group and 2,6-dimethylheptyl group.
 nは1から5の整数を表し、1~3の整数を表すことがより好ましく、1又は2を表すことが更に好ましい。 N represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。尚、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) are given below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して、極性基を生じる基を有さない繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
 樹脂(D)が、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合であり、更に、特にフッ素原子および珪素原子を有さない場合、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)の含有量は、樹脂(D)の全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であることが好ましく、95モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上記含有量は、樹脂(D)の全繰り返し単位に対して、通常、100モル%以下である。 In the case where the resin (D) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and particularly when it does not have a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) and the general formula The content of at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by (III) is preferably 90 mol% or more, and 95 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (D). It is more preferable that The content is usually 100 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units of the resin (D).
 樹脂(D)が、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を、樹脂(D)の全繰り返し単位に対し、90モル%以上で含有することにより、樹脂(D)の表面自由エネルギーが増加する。その結果として、樹脂(D)がレジスト膜の表面に偏在しにくくなり、水に対するレジスト膜の静的/動的接触角を確実に向上させて、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。 Resin (D) is a repeating unit represented by general formula (II), and at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by general formula (III) By containing 90 mol% or more with respect to the unit, the surface free energy of the resin (D) increases. As a result, the resin (D) is less likely to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, and the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film with respect to water can be reliably improved, and the immersion liquid followability can be improved.
 また、疎水性樹脂(D)は、(i)フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合においても、(ii)側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においても、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有していてもよい。
 (x)酸基、
 (y)ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基、
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
In addition, the hydrophobic resin (D) includes the following (x) to (z) regardless of whether (i) a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom is included or (ii) a CH 3 partial structure is included in the side chain portion. ) May have at least one group selected from the group of
(X) an acid group,
(Y) a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group,
(Z) a group decomposable by the action of an acid
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
 好ましい酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が挙げられる。
Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) A methylene group etc. are mentioned.
Preferred acid groups include fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), sulfonimide groups, and bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene groups.
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位のような樹脂の主鎖に、直接、酸基が結合している繰り返し単位、或いは、連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に酸基が結合している繰り返し単位などが挙げられ、更には酸基を有する重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いてポリマー鎖の末端に導入することもでき、いずれの場合も好ましい。酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していても良い。
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~35モル%、更に好ましくは5~20モル%である。
The repeating unit having an acid group (x) includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a resin having a linking group. Examples include a repeating unit in which an acid group is bonded to the main chain, and a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group can be introduced at the end of the polymer chain at the time of polymerization. preferable. The repeating unit having an acid group (x) may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
The content of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) is preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 35 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 5%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (D). 20 mol%.
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。式中、Rxは水素原子、CH、CF、又は、CHOHを表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 「ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基(y)」としては、ラクトン構造を有する基が特に好ましい。
 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位は、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等の、樹脂の主鎖に直接この基が結合している繰り返し単位である。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合している繰り返し単位であってもよい。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
As the “group having a lactone structure, acid anhydride group, or acid imide group (y)”, a group having a lactone structure is particularly preferable.
The repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which this group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester. Alternatively, this repeating unit may be a repeating unit in which this group is bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Or this repeating unit may be introduce | transduced into the terminal of resin using the polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent which has this group at the time of superposition | polymerization.
 ラクトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、先に酸分解性樹脂(A)の項で説明したラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the acid-decomposable resin (A).
 「ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基(y)」を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、3~98モル%であることがより好ましく、5~95モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having “group having lactone structure, acid anhydride group, or acid imide group (y)” is 1 to 100 mol% based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (D). It is preferably 3 to 98 mol%, more preferably 5 to 95 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂(D)に於ける、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、レジスト組成物に含まれるものとして広く知られる酸分解性樹脂が有する、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位をそのまま採用できる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していても良い。疎水性樹脂(D)に於ける、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(D)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~80モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは10~80モル%、更に好ましくは20~60モル%である。 In the hydrophobic resin (D), the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid has an acid-decomposable group that an acid-decomposable resin widely known to be contained in a resist composition has. Repeat units can be used as they are. The repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. In the hydrophobic resin (D), the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (D). The amount is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、更に、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 The hydrophobic resin (D) may further have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
 一般式(III)に於いて、
 Rc31は、水素原子、アルキル基(フッ素原子等で置換されていても良い)、シアノ基又は-CH-O-Rac基を表す。式中、Racは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。Rc31は、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 Rc32は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基又はアリール基を有する基を表す。これら基はフッ素原子、珪素原子を含む基で置換されていても良い。
 Lc3は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
In general formula (III):
R c31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (which may be substituted with a fluorine atom or the like), a cyano group, or a —CH 2 —O—Rac 2 group. In the formula, Rac 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group. R c31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R c32 represents a group having an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group or an aryl group. These groups may be substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
L c3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 一般式(III)に於ける、Rc32のアルキル基は、炭素数3~20の直鎖若しくは分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 アルケニル基は、炭素数3~20のアルケニル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルケニル基は、炭素数3~20のシクロアルケニル基が好ましい。
 アリール基は、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、フェニル基、ナフチル基がより好ましく、これらは置換基を有していてもよい。
 Rc32は無置換のアルキル基又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
 Lc3の2価の連結基は、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~5)、エーテル結合、フェニレン基、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)が好ましい。
 一般式(III)により表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、10~90モル%であることがより好ましく、30~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
In general formula (III), the alkyl group represented by R c32 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkenyl group is preferably a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and these may have a substituent.
R c32 is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
The divalent linking group of L c3 is preferably an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5), an ether bond, a phenylene group, or an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—).
The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, more preferably 10 to 90 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 30 to 70 mol% is more preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、更に、下記一般式(CII-AB)で表される繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (D) preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (CII-AB).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
 式(CII-AB)中、
 Rc11’及びRc12’は、各々独立に、水素原子、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Zc’は、結合した2つの炭素原子(C-C)を含み、脂環式構造を形成するための原子団を表す。
 一般式(CII-AB)により表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、10~90モル%であることがより好ましく、30~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
In the formula (CII-AB),
R c11 ′ and R c12 ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
Zc ′ represents an atomic group for forming an alicyclic structure containing two bonded carbon atoms (C—C).
The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (CII-AB) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, and preferably 10 to 90 mol%. More preferred is 30 to 70 mol%.
 以下に一般式(III)、(CII-AB)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH、CHOH、CF又はCNを表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formulas (III) and (CII-AB) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, CF 3 or CN.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
 疎水性樹脂(D)がフッ素原子を有する場合、フッ素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)の重量平均分子量に対し、5~80質量%であることが好ましく、10~80質量%であることがより好ましい。また、フッ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(D)に含まれる全繰り返し単位中10~100モル%であることが好ましく、30~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)が珪素原子を有する場合、珪素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)の重量平均分子量に対し、2~50質量%であることが好ましく、2~30質量%であることがより好ましい。また、珪素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(D)に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、10~100モル%であることが好ましく、20~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
When the hydrophobic resin (D) has a fluorine atom, the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 10 to 80% by mass. More preferably. Further, the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
When the hydrophobic resin (D) has a silicon atom, the content of the silicon atom is preferably 2 to 50% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 2 to 30% by mass. More preferably. Further, the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
 一方、特に樹脂(D)が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、樹脂(D)が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を実質的に含有しない形態も好ましく、この場合、具体的には、フッ素原子又は珪素原子を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、樹脂(D)中の全繰り返し単位に対して5モル%以下であることが好ましく、3モル%以下であることがより好ましく、1モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を含有しない。また、樹脂(D)は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。より具体的には、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位が、樹脂(D)の全繰り返し単位中95モル%以上であることが好ましく、97モル%以上であることがより好ましく、99モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、理想的には100モル%である。 On the other hand, particularly when the resin (D) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, a form in which the resin (D) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom is also preferable. In this case, specifically, The content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol based on all repeating units in the resin (D). % Or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no fluorine atom and no silicon atom. Moreover, it is preferable that resin (D) is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom is 95 mol% or more in the total repeating units of the resin (D). Preferably, it is 97 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or more, and ideally 100 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂(D)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは1,000~100,000で、より好ましくは1,000~50,000、更により好ましくは2,000~15,000である。
 また、疎水性樹脂(D)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)の組成物中の含有量は、本発明の組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましく、0.1~7質量%が更に好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
In addition, the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used alone or in combination.
The content of the hydrophobic resin (D) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is 1 to 7% by mass.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、金属等の不純物が少ないのは当然のことながら、残留単量体やオリゴマー成分が0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~3質量%、0.05~1質量%が更により好ましい。それにより、液中異物や感度等の経時変化のない感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が得られる。また、解像度、レジスト形状、レジストパターンの側壁、ラフネスなどの点から、分子量分布(Mw/Mn、分散度ともいう)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3、更に好ましくは1~2の範囲である。 Naturally, the hydrophobic resin (D) has a small amount of impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer or oligomer component is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3%. Even more preferred are mass%, 0.05-1 mass%. As a result, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that does not change over time such as foreign matter in liquid or sensitivity can be obtained. The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、各種市販品を利用することもできるし、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成することができる。例えば、一般的合成方法としては、モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤にモノマー種と開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。
 反応溶媒、重合開始剤、反応条件(温度、濃度等)、及び、反応後の精製方法は、樹脂(A)で説明した内容と同様であるが、疎水性樹脂(D)の合成においては、反応の濃度が30~50質量%であることが好ましい。
As the hydrophobic resin (D), various commercially available products can be used, and the hydrophobic resin (D) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For example, as a general synthesis method, a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
The reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (D), The concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
 以下に疎水性樹脂(D)の具体例を示す。また、下記表に、各樹脂における繰り返し単位のモル比(各繰り返し単位と左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量、分散度を示す。 Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) are shown below. The following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), the weight average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094
 [6]界面活性剤
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物は、塗布性を向上させるため界面活性剤を更に含有していてもよい。界面活性剤の例としては、特に限定されるものではないが、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアリルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンブロックコポリマー類、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル類、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸エステルなどのノニオン系界面活性剤、メガファックF171(大日本インキ化学工業製)やフロラードFC430(住友スリーエム製)やサーフィノールE1004(旭硝子製)、OMNOVA社製のPF656及びPF6320、等のフッ素系界面活性剤、オルガノシロキサンポリマーが挙げられる。
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物は界面活性剤を含有してもしなくても良いが、界面活性剤を含有する場合、その含有量は、組成物の全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、好ましくは0.0001~2質量%であり、より好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。
[6] Surfactant The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may further contain a surfactant in order to improve coatability. Examples of surfactants include, but are not limited to, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl allyl ethers, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene Fluorine such as nonionic surfactants such as sorbitan fatty acid esters, MegaFac F171 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals), Florard FC430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), Surfinol E1004 (manufactured by Asahi Glass), PF656 and PF6320 manufactured by OMNOVA Surfactants and organosiloxane polymers.
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may or may not contain a surfactant, but when it contains a surfactant, its content is the total amount of the composition (the solvent Is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
 [7]有機カルボン酸
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物は、上記成分の他に、有機カルボン酸を含有することが好ましい。このような有機カルボン酸化合物として、脂肪族カルボン酸、脂環式カルボン酸、不飽和脂肪族カルボン酸、オキシカルボン酸、アルコキシカルボン酸、ケトカルボン酸、安息香酸誘導体、フタル酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、2-ナフトエ酸、1-ヒドロキシ-2-ナフトエ酸、2-ヒドロキシ-3-ナフトエ酸などを挙げることができる。電子線露光を真空下で行う際には、レジスト膜表面より揮発して描画チャンバー内を汚染してしまう恐れがあるので、好ましい化合物としては、芳香族有機カルボン酸、その中でも例えば安息香酸、1-ヒドロキシ-2-ナフトエ酸、2-ヒドロキシ-3-ナフトエ酸が好適である。
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物は有機カルボン酸を含有してもしなくても良いが、含有する場合は、有機カルボン酸の配合率としては、高分子化合物(A)100質量部に対し、0.01~10質量部の範囲内が好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~5質量部であり、更に好ましくは0.01~3質量部である。
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物は、必要に応じて、更に、染料、可塑剤、酸増殖剤(国際公開第95/29968号公報、国際公開第98/24000号公報、特開平8-305262号公報、特開平9-34106号公報、特開平8-248561号公報、特表平8-503082号公報、米国特許第5,445,917号明細書、特表平8-503081号公報、米国特許第5,534,393号明細書、米国特許第5,395,736号明細書、米国特許第5,741,630号明細書、米国特許第5,334,489号明細書、米国特許第5,582,956号明細書、米国特許第5,578,424号明細書、米国特許第5,453,345号明細書、米国特許第5,445,917号明細書、欧州特許第665,960号明細書、欧州特許第757,628号明細書、欧州特許第665,961号明細書、米国特許第5,667,943号明細書、特開平10-1508号公報、特開平10-282642号公報、特開平9-512498号公報、特開2000-62337号公報、特開2005-17730号公報、特開2008-209889号公報等に記載)等を含有していてもよい。これらの化合物については、いずれも特開2008-268935号公報に記載のそれぞれの化合物を挙げることができる。
[7] Organic carboxylic acid The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains an organic carboxylic acid in addition to the above components. Examples of such organic carboxylic acid compounds include aliphatic carboxylic acid, alicyclic carboxylic acid, unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic acid, oxycarboxylic acid, alkoxycarboxylic acid, ketocarboxylic acid, benzoic acid derivative, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid 2-naphthoic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, 2-hydroxy-3-naphthoic acid and the like. When performing electron beam exposure under vacuum, there is a risk of volatilization from the resist film surface and contamination of the drawing chamber. Therefore, preferred compounds include aromatic organic carboxylic acids, among which, for example, benzoic acid, 1 -Hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid and 2-hydroxy-3-naphthoic acid are preferred.
The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may or may not contain an organic carboxylic acid, but when it is contained, the compounding ratio of the organic carboxylic acid is the polymer compound (A). The amount is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.01 to 3 parts by mass.
If necessary, the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may further comprise a dye, a plasticizer, an acid proliferating agent (WO95 / 29968, WO98 / 24000). JP-A-8-305262, JP-A-9-34106, JP-A-8-248561, JP-A-8-503082, JP-A-5,445,917, JP-A-8. No. -503081, US Pat. No. 5,534,393, US Pat. No. 5,395,736, US Pat. No. 5,741,630, US Pat. No. 5,334,489 Specification, US Pat. No. 5,582,956, US Pat. No. 5,578,424, US Pat. No. 5,453,345, US Pat. No. 5,445,917 European Patent 66 No. 960, European Patent No. 757,628, European Patent No. 665,961, US Pat. No. 5,667,943, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-1508, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10- No. 282642, JP-A-9-512498, JP-A-2000-62337, JP-A-2005-17730, JP-A-2008-209889, and the like. Examples of these compounds include the respective compounds described in JP-A-2008-268935.
 [8]カルボン酸オニウム塩
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物は、カルボン酸オニウム塩を含有してもよい。カルボン酸オニウム塩としては、カルボン酸スルホニウム塩、カルボン酸ヨードニウム塩、カルボン酸アンモニウム塩などを挙げることができる。特に、カルボン酸オニウム塩としては、カルボン酸スルホニウム塩、カルボン酸ヨードニウム塩が好ましい。更に、本発明においては、カルボン酸オニウム塩のカルボキシレート残基が芳香族基、炭素-炭素2重結合を含有しないことが好ましい。特に好ましいアニオン部としては、炭素数1~30の直鎖、分岐、単環又は多環環状アルキルカルボン酸アニオンが好ましい。さらに好ましくはこれらのアルキル基の一部又は全てがフッ素置換されたカルボン酸のアニオンが好ましい。アルキル鎖中に酸素原子を含んでいても良い。これにより220nm以下の光に対する透明性が確保され、感度、解像力が向上し、疎密依存性、露光マージンが改良される。
[8] Carboxylic acid onium salt The negative active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may contain a carboxylic acid onium salt. Examples of the carboxylic acid onium salt include a carboxylic acid sulfonium salt, a carboxylic acid iodonium salt, and a carboxylic acid ammonium salt. In particular, the carboxylic acid onium salt is preferably a carboxylic acid sulfonium salt or a carboxylic acid iodonium salt. Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the carboxylate residue of the carboxylic acid onium salt does not contain an aromatic group or a carbon-carbon double bond. A particularly preferred anion moiety is a linear, branched, monocyclic or polycyclic alkylcarboxylic acid anion having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferably, an anion of a carboxylic acid in which some or all of these alkyl groups are fluorine-substituted is preferable. The alkyl chain may contain an oxygen atom. This ensures transparency with respect to light of 220 nm or less, improves sensitivity and resolution, and improves density dependency and exposure margin.
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物はカルボン酸オニウム塩を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、カルボン酸オニウム塩の含有量は、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物の全固形分を基準として、好ましくは0.5~20質量%であり、より好ましくは0.7~15質量%であり、更に好ましくは1.0~10質量%である。 The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention may or may not contain a carboxylic acid onium salt, but when it is contained, the content of the carboxylic acid onium salt is a negative actinic ray-sensitive composition. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.7 to 15% by mass, still more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the radiation-sensitive composition. is there.
 [9]溶剤
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。
 ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物を調製する際に使用することができる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有しても良いモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、ピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤を挙げることができる。
 これらの溶剤の具体例は、米国特許出願公開2008/0187860号明細書[0441]~[0455]に記載のものを挙げることができる。
[9] Solvent The negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
Solvents that can be used in preparing a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition include, for example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate And organic solvents such as cyclic lactones (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), monoketone compounds which may have a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonates, alkyl alkoxyacetates and alkyl pyruvates. it can.
Specific examples of these solvents include those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 [0441] to [0455].
 本発明においては、有機溶剤として構造中に水酸基を含有する溶剤と、水酸基を含有しない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。
 水酸基を含有する溶剤、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては前述の例示化合物が適宜選択可能であるが、水酸基を含有する溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル、酪酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME、別名1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)、乳酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を含有しても良いモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、酢酸アルキルなどが好ましく、これらの内でもプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA、別名1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチルが特に好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノンが最も好ましい。
 水酸基を含有する溶剤と水酸基を含有しない溶剤との混合比(質量)は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、更に好ましくは20/80~60/40である。水酸基を含有しない溶剤を50質量%以上含有する混合溶剤が塗布均一性の点で特に好ましい。
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶媒、又は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤であることが好ましい。
 本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物の固形分濃度は1~40質量%であることが好ましい。より好ましくは1~30質量%、更に好ましくは3~20質量%である。
In this invention, you may use the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which contains a hydroxyl group in a structure, and the solvent which does not contain a hydroxyl group as an organic solvent.
As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate, alkyl butyrate, etc. are preferable, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether (PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate, and methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate are more preferable. Further, as the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate are particularly preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone is most preferred.
The mixing ratio (mass) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. . A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
The solid concentration of the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 40% by mass. More preferably, it is 1 to 30% by mass, and further preferably 3 to 20% by mass.
 <ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜>
 本発明は、本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物により形成されたネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜にも関し、このような膜は、例えば、本発明の組成物が基板等の支持体上に塗布されることにより形成される。この膜の厚みは、0.02~0.1μmが好ましい。基板上に塗布する方法としては、スピンコート、ロールコート、フローコート、ディップコート、スプレーコート、ドクターコート等の適当な塗布方法により基板上に塗布されるが、スピン塗布が好ましく、その回転数は1000~3000rpmが好ましい。塗布膜は60~150℃で1~20分間、好ましくは80~120℃で1~10分間プリベークして薄膜を形成する。
 被加工基板及びその最表層を構成する材料は、例えば、半導体用ウエハの場合、シリコンウエハを用いることができ、最表層となる材料の例としては、Si、SiO、SiN、SiON、TiN、WSi、BPSG、SOG、有機反射防止膜等が挙げられる。
<Negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film>
The present invention also relates to a negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition of the present invention. Such a film is, for example, a composition of the present invention. It is formed by applying an object on a support such as a substrate. The thickness of this film is preferably 0.02 to 0.1 μm. As a method for coating on the substrate, spin coating, roll coating, flow coating, dip coating, spray coating, doctor coating, etc. are applied on the substrate, but spin coating is preferred, and the number of rotations is 1000 to 3000 rpm is preferred. The coating film is prebaked at 60 to 150 ° C. for 1 to 20 minutes, preferably at 80 to 120 ° C. for 1 to 10 minutes to form a thin film.
For example, in the case of a semiconductor wafer, a silicon wafer can be used as the material constituting the substrate to be processed and its outermost layer. Examples of the material that becomes the outermost layer include Si, SiO 2 , SiN, SiON, TiN, Examples thereof include WSi, BPSG, SOG, and an organic antireflection film.
 ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する前に、基板上に予め反射防止膜を塗設してもよい。
 反射防止膜としては、チタン、二酸化チタン、窒化チタン、酸化クロム、カーボン、アモルファスシリコン等の無機膜型と、吸光剤とポリマー材料からなる有機膜型のいずれも用いることができる。また、有機反射防止膜として、ブリューワーサイエンス社製のDUV30シリーズや、DUV-40シリーズ、シプレー社製のAR-2、AR-3、AR-5等の市販の有機反射防止膜を使用することもできる。
Before forming the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, an antireflection film may be coated on the substrate in advance.
As the antireflection film, any of an inorganic film type such as titanium, titanium dioxide, titanium nitride, chromium oxide, carbon, and amorphous silicon, and an organic film type made of a light absorber and a polymer material can be used. In addition, as the organic antireflection film, commercially available organic antireflection films such as Brewer Science DUV30 series, DUV-40 series, Shipley AR-2, AR-3 and AR-5 may be used. it can.
 <マスクブランクス>
 また、本発明は、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物により形成されたネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を備えたマスクブランクスにも関する。このようなネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を具備するマスクブランクスを得るために、フォトマスク作製用のフォトマスクブランクス上にパターンを形成する場合、使用される透明基板としては、石英、フッ化カルシウム等の透明基板を挙げることができる。一般には、上記基板上に、遮光膜、反射防止膜、更に位相シフト膜、追加的にはエッチングストッパー膜、エッチングマスク膜といった機能性膜の必要なものを積層する。機能性膜の材料としては、ケイ素、又はクロム、モリブデン、ジルコニウム、タンタル、タングステン、チタン、ニオブ等の遷移金属を含有する膜が例示される。また、最表層に用いられる材料としては、ケイ素又はケイ素に酸素及び/又は窒素を含有する材料を主構成材料とするもの、更にそれらに遷移金属を含有する材料を主構成材料とするケイ素化合物材料や、遷移金属、特にクロム、モリブデン、ジルコニウム、タンタル、タングステン、チタン、ニオブ等より選ばれる1種以上、又は更にそれらに酸素、窒素、炭素より選ばれる元素を1以上含む材料を主構成材料とする遷移金属化合物材料が例示される。
 遮光膜は単層でもよいが、複数の材料を塗り重ねた複層構造であることがより好ましい。複層構造の場合、1層当たりの膜の厚みは、特に限定されないが、5~100nmであることが好ましく、10~80nmであることがより好ましい。遮光膜全体の厚みとしては、特に制限されるものではないが、5~200nmであることが好ましく、10~150nmであることがより好ましい。
<Mask blanks>
The present invention also relates to a mask blank provided with a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition. In order to obtain a mask blank having such a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, when forming a pattern on a photomask blank for photomask production, the transparent substrate used is quartz, A transparent substrate such as calcium fluoride can be used. In general, a light shielding film, an antireflection film, a phase shift film, and additional functional films such as an etching stopper film and an etching mask film are laminated on the substrate. Examples of the material of the functional film include silicon or a film containing a transition metal such as chromium, molybdenum, zirconium, tantalum, tungsten, titanium, or niobium. In addition, as a material used for the outermost layer, silicon or a material containing oxygen and / or nitrogen in silicon as a main constituent material, and further a silicon compound material containing a transition metal-containing material as a main constituent material Or a transition metal, in particular, one or more selected from chromium, molybdenum, zirconium, tantalum, tungsten, titanium, niobium, etc., or a material further containing one or more elements selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and carbon The transition metal compound material is exemplified.
The light shielding film may be a single layer, but more preferably has a multilayer structure in which a plurality of materials are applied. In the case of a multilayer structure, the thickness of the film per layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 100 nm, and more preferably 10 to 80 nm. The thickness of the entire light shielding film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 200 nm, and more preferably 10 to 150 nm.
 一般に、これらの材料のうち、クロムに酸素や窒素を含有する材料を最表層に具備するフォトマスクブランク上でパターン形成を行った場合、基板付近でくびれ形状が形成される、いわゆるアンダーカット形状となりやすいが、本発明を用いた場合、従来のものに比べてアンダーカット問題を改善することができる。
 このネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜には活性光線又は放射線(電子線等)を照射し、好ましくはベーク(通常80~150℃、より好ましくは90~130℃)を行った後、現像する。これにより良好なパターンを得ることができる。そしてこのパターンをマスクとして用いて、適宜エッチング処理及びイオン注入などを行い、半導体微細回路及びインプリント用モールド構造体等を作成する。
 なお、本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物を用いて、インプリント用モールドを作製する場合のプロセスについては、例えば、特許第4109085号公報、特開2008-162101号公報、及び、「ナノインプリントの基礎と技術開発・応用展開―ナノインプリントの基板技術と最新の技術展開―編集:平井義彦(フロンティア出版)」に記載されている。
Generally, among these materials, when pattern formation is performed on a photomask blank having a chromium-containing material containing oxygen or nitrogen in the outermost layer, a constricted shape is formed in the vicinity of the substrate, which is a so-called undercut shape. Although it is easy, when the present invention is used, the undercut problem can be improved as compared with the conventional one.
This negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation (such as an electron beam) and preferably baked (usually 80 to 150 ° C., more preferably 90 to 130 ° C.), develop. Thereby, a good pattern can be obtained. Then, using this pattern as a mask, etching processing, ion implantation, and the like are performed as appropriate to create a semiconductor microcircuit, an imprint mold structure, and the like.
For the process for producing an imprint mold using the negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive composition of the present invention, for example, Japanese Patent No. 4109085, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-162101, And “Basics of Nanoimprint and Technology Development / Application Development-Nanoimprint Substrate Technology and Latest Technology Development-Editing: Yoshihiko Hirai (Frontier Publishing)”.
 本発明の組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、フィルター濾過した後、所定の基板上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、更に好ましくは0.03μm以下のポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のものが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば特開2002-62667号公報のように、循環的な濾過を行ったり、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ったりしてもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理などを行ってもよい。 In the composition of the present invention, the above components are dissolved in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtered, and then applied onto a predetermined substrate. The pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.03 μm or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In filter filtration, for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel. The composition may be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to a composition before and behind filter filtration.
 <ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物を用いたパターン形成方法>
 本発明は、上記ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物を基板上に塗布して膜を形成する工程と、上記膜を露光する工程と、露光した上記膜を現像してネガ型パターンを形成する工程と、を含むパターン形成方法にも関する。また、本発明は、上記ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を有するマスクブランクスを露光する工程と、上記露光されたマスクブランクスを現像する工程と、を含む、レジストパターン形成方法にも関する。本発明において、上記露光は電子線又は極紫外線を用いて行われることが好ましい。
<Pattern formation method using negative type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition>
The present invention includes a step of coating the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition on a substrate to form a film, a step of exposing the film, and developing the exposed film to form a negative pattern And a pattern forming method including the step of forming the pattern. The present invention also relates to a resist pattern forming method including a step of exposing a mask blank having the negative type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and a step of developing the exposed mask blank. . In the present invention, the exposure is preferably performed using an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet rays.
 精密集積回路素子の製造などにおいてネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜上への露光(パターン形成工程)は、まず、本発明のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜にパターン状に電子線又は極紫外線(EUV)照射を行うことが好ましい。露光量は、電子線の場合、0.1~20μC/cm程度、好ましくは3~10μC/cm程度、極紫外線の場合、0.1~20mJ/cm程度、好ましくは3~15mJ/cm程度となるように露光する。次いで、ホットプレート上で、60~150℃で1~20分間、好ましくは80~120℃で1~10分間、露光後加熱(ポストエクスポージャーベーク)を行い、次いで、現像、リンス、乾燥することによりパターンを形成する。現像液は適宜選択されるが、アルカリ現像液(代表的にはアルカリ水溶液)又は有機溶剤を含有する現像液(有機系現像液ともいう)を用いることが好ましい。現像液がアルカリ水溶液である場合には、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TBAH)等の、0.1~5質量%、好ましくは2~3質量%アルカリ水溶液で、0.1~3分間、好ましくは0.5~2分間、浸漬(dip)法、パドル(puddle)法、スプレー(spray)法等の常法により現像する。アルカリ現像液には、アルコール類及び/又は界面活性剤を、適当量添加してもよい。こうして、未露光部分の膜は溶解し、露光された部分は現像液に溶解し難く、基板上に目的のパターンが形成される。 In the manufacture of precision integrated circuit elements, exposure (pattern formation process) on the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is first patterned in the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention. It is preferable to perform electron beam or extreme ultraviolet (EUV) irradiation. Exposure in the case of electron beam, 0.1 ~ 20μC / cm 2, preferably about 3 ~ 10μC / cm 2 or so, if the extreme ultraviolet, 0.1 ~ 20mJ / cm 2, preferably about 3 ~ 15 mJ / the exposure so that the cm 2. Next, post-exposure baking (post-exposure baking) is performed on a hot plate at 60 to 150 ° C. for 1 to 20 minutes, preferably at 80 to 120 ° C. for 1 to 10 minutes, followed by development, rinsing and drying. Form a pattern. The developer is appropriately selected, but it is preferable to use an alkali developer (typically an alkaline aqueous solution) or a developer containing an organic solvent (also referred to as an organic developer). When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, it is 0.1 to 5% by mass, preferably 2 to 3% by mass alkaline aqueous solution such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (TBAH), The development is performed for 0.1 to 3 minutes, preferably 0.5 to 2 minutes, by a conventional method such as a dip method, a paddle method, or a spray method. An appropriate amount of alcohol and / or surfactant may be added to the alkaline developer. Thus, the unexposed portion of the film is dissolved, and the exposed portion is hardly dissolved in the developer, and a target pattern is formed on the substrate.
 本発明のレジストパターン形成方法が、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を有する場合、アルカリ現像液としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア水等の無機アルカリ類、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン等の第一アミン類、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-ブチルアミン等の第二アミン類、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン等の第三アミン類、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン等のアルコールアミン類、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドドキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラヘキシルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラオクチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ブチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、メチルトリアミルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジブチルジペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等のテトラアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルフェニルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリエチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等の第四級アンモニウム塩、ピロール、ピヘリジン等の環状アミン類等のアルカリ性水溶液を使用することができる。
 更に、上記アルカリ性水溶液にアルコール類、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。
 アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。
 特に、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの2.38質量%の水溶液が望ましい。
When the resist pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an alkali developer, examples of the alkali developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and ammonia. Inorganic alkalis such as water, primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, Alcohol amines such as ethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, teto Hexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltriamylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, tetraalkylammonium hydroxide, trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethyl Alkaline aqueous solutions such as quaternary ammonium salts such as benzylammonium hydroxide and triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, and cyclic amines such as pyrrole and pihelidine can be used.
Furthermore, an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
The pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
In particular, an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
 アルカリ現像の後に行うリンス処理におけるリンス液としては、純水を使用し、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 また、現像処理又はリンス処理の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を行うことができる。
As a rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment performed after alkali development, pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
In addition, after the developing process or the rinsing process, a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid can be performed.
 本発明のレジストパターン形成方法が、有機溶剤を含有する現像液を用いて現像する工程を有する場合、該工程における当該現像液(以下、有機系現像液とも言う)としては、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤等の極性溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤を用いることができる。 When the resist pattern forming method of the present invention has a step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, the developer in the step (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer) includes a ketone solvent, an ester Polar solvents and hydrocarbon solvents such as system solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents can be used.
 本発明において、エステル系溶剤とは分子内にエステル基を有する溶剤のことであり、ケトン系溶剤とは分子内にケトン基を有する溶剤のことであり、アルコール系溶剤とは分子内にアルコール性水酸基を有する溶剤のことであり、アミド系溶剤とは分子内にアミド基を有する溶剤のことであり、エーテル系溶剤とは分子内にエーテル結合を有する溶剤のことである。これらの中には、1分子内に上記官能基を複数種有する溶剤も存在するが、その場合は、その溶剤の有する官能基を含むいずれの溶剤種にも該当するものとする。例えば、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルは、上記分類中の、アルコール系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤いずれにも該当するものとする。また、炭化水素系溶剤とは置換基を有さない炭化水素溶剤のことである。
 特に、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤から選択される少なくとも1種類の溶剤を含有する現像液であることが好ましい。
In the present invention, the ester solvent is a solvent having an ester group in the molecule, the ketone solvent is a solvent having a ketone group in the molecule, and the alcohol solvent is alcoholic in the molecule. It is a solvent having a hydroxyl group, an amide solvent is a solvent having an amide group in the molecule, and an ether solvent is a solvent having an ether bond in the molecule. Among these, there is a solvent having a plurality of types of the above functional groups in one molecule. In that case, it corresponds to any solvent type including the functional group of the solvent. For example, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether corresponds to both alcohol solvents and ether solvents in the above classification. Further, the hydrocarbon solvent is a hydrocarbon solvent having no substituent.
In particular, a developer containing at least one kind of solvent selected from ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents and ether solvents is preferable.
 現像液は、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膨潤を抑制できるという点から、炭素原子数が7以上(7~14が好ましく、7~12がより好ましく、7~10がさらに好ましい)、かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤を用いることが好ましい。
 上記エステル系溶剤のヘテロ原子は、炭素原子および水素原子以外の原子であって、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等が挙げられる。ヘテロ原子数は、2以下が好ましい。
 炭素原子数が7以上かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤の好ましい例としては、酢酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸2-メチルブチル、酢酸1-メチルブチル、酢酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ペンチル、プロピオン酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ヘプチル、ブタン酸ブチルなどが挙げられ、酢酸イソアミルを用いることが特に好ましい。
The developer has 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12, more preferably 7 to 10) from the viewpoint that the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be prevented from swelling. It is preferable to use an ester solvent having 2 or less heteroatoms.
The hetero atom of the ester solvent is an atom other than a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. The number of heteroatoms is preferably 2 or less.
Preferred examples of ester solvents having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms include amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, Examples include heptyl propionate and butyl butanoate, and it is particularly preferable to use isoamyl acetate.
 現像液は、上述した炭素原子数が7以上かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤に代えて、上記エステル系溶剤および上記炭化水素系溶剤の混合溶剤、又は、上記ケトン系溶剤および上記炭化水素溶剤の混合溶剤を用いてもよい。この場合においても、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膨潤の抑制に効果的である。
 エステル系溶剤と炭化水素系溶剤とを組み合わせて用いる場合には、エステル系溶剤として酢酸イソアミルを用いることが好ましい。また、炭化水素系溶剤としては、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の溶解性を調製するという観点から、飽和炭化水素溶剤(例えば、オクタン、ノナン、デカン、ドデカン、ウンデカン、ヘキサデカンなど)を用いることが好ましい。
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、酪酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル等を挙げることができる。
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコールや、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤等を挙げることができる。
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、アニソール、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等が挙げられる。
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン、ウンデカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤や水と混合し使用してもよい。但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。
 すなわち、有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましい。
 特に、有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。
Instead of the ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less hetero atoms, the developer may be a mixed solvent of the ester solvent and the hydrocarbon solvent, or the ketone solvent and the carbonized solvent. A mixed solvent of hydrogen solvent may be used. Even in this case, it is effective in suppressing the swelling of the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
When an ester solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent are used in combination, isoamyl acetate is preferably used as the ester solvent. In addition, as a hydrocarbon solvent, from the viewpoint of adjusting the solubility of a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a saturated hydrocarbon solvent (for example, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, etc.) Is preferably used.
Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl. Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, butyric acid Examples include butyl and methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate.
Examples of alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n -Alcohols such as hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono Ethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl Ether, may be mentioned glycol monoethyl ether and methoxymethyl butanol.
Examples of the ether solvent include anisole, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane, decane, and undecane.
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water. However, in order to fully exhibit the effects of the present invention, the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
In particular, the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
 有機系現像液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて、5kPa以下が好ましく、3kPa以下が更に好ましく、2kPa以下が特に好ましい。有機系現像液の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、現像液の基板上あるいは現像カップ内での蒸発が抑制され、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。
 5kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドのアミド系溶剤、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 特に好ましい範囲である2kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドのアミド系溶剤、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン、ウンデカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to 5 kPa or less, evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, and the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. As a result, the dimensions in the wafer surface are uniform. Sexuality improves.
Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, butyrate formate , Ester solvents such as propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n -Alcohol solvents such as heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene Glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl Glycol ether solvents such as butanol, ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, amide solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, and aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene And aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as octane and decane.
Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less, which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropio , Ester solvents such as 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, n-butyl Alcohol solvents such as alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, etc. Glycol solvents, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol and other glycol ether solvents, N- Methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide Amide solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as xylene, octane, decane, include aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents undecane.
 有機系現像液は、塩基性化合物を含んでいてもよい。本発明で用いられる現像液が含みうる塩基性化合物の具体例及び好ましい例としては、前述した、感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物が含みうる塩基性化合物におけるものと同様である。 The organic developer may contain a basic compound. Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the developer used in the present invention are the same as those in the basic compound that can be contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition described above.
 有機系現像液には、必要に応じて界面活性剤を適当量添加することができる。
 界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、イオン性や非イオン性のフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤等を用いることができる。これらのフッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、例えば特開昭62-36663号公報、特開昭61-226746号公報、特開昭61-226745号公報、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開昭63-34540号公報、特開平7-230165号公報、特開平8-62834号公報、特開平9-54432号公報、特開平9-5988号公報、米国特許第5405720号明細書、同5360692号明細書、同5529881号明細書、同5296330号明細書、同5436098号明細書、同5576143号明細書、同5294511号明細書、同5824451号明細書記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、好ましくは、非イオン性の界面活性剤である。非イオン性の界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが更に好ましい。
 界面活性剤の使用量は現像液の全量に対して、好ましくは0~2質量%、さらに好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、特に好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the organic developer as required.
The surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used. Examples of these fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in US Pat. Nos. 5,360,692, 5,298,881, 5,296,330, 5,346,098, 5,576,143, 5,294,511, and 5,824,451 can be mentioned. Preferably, it is a nonionic surfactant. Although it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
The amount of the surfactant used is preferably 0 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 現像方法としては、たとえば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。
 上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液をネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は好ましくは2mL/sec/mm以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/sec/mm以下、更に好ましくは1mL/sec/mm以下である。流速の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/sec/mm以上が好ましい。
 吐出される現像液の吐出圧を上記の範囲とすることにより、現像後のレジスト残渣に由来するパターンの欠陥を著しく低減することができる。
 このメカニズムの詳細は定かではないが、恐らくは、吐出圧を上記範囲とすることで、現像液がネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に与える圧力が小さくなり、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜・パターンが不用意に削られたり崩れたりすることが抑制されるためと考えられる。
 なお、現像液の吐出圧(mL/sec/mm)は、現像装置中の現像ノズル出口における値である。
As a developing method, for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc. can be applied.
When the above-described various development methods include a step of discharging the developer from the developing nozzle of the developing device toward the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the discharged developer) flow rate per unit area of the liquid) is preferably 2mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5mL / sec / mm 2 or less, still more preferably 1mL / sec / mm 2 or less. There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
By setting the discharge pressure of the discharged developer to be in the above range, pattern defects derived from the resist residue after development can be remarkably reduced.
The details of this mechanism are not clear, but perhaps by setting the discharge pressure within the above range, the pressure applied to the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film by the developer decreases, and the negative actinic ray-sensitive or This is considered to be because the radiation-sensitive film / pattern is prevented from being accidentally cut or collapsed.
The developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
 現像液の吐出圧を調整する方法としては、例えば、ポンプなどで吐出圧を調整する方法や、加圧タンクからの供給で圧力を調整することで変える方法などを挙げることができる。 Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
 また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、他の溶媒に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。 Further, after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後には、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含んでいてもよいが、スループット(生産性)、リンス液使用量等の観点から、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含まなくてもよい。 After the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent, a step of washing with a rinse solution may be included. From the viewpoint of throughput (productivity), the amount of rinse solution used, etc. It is not necessary to include the step of using and washing.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、レジストパターンを溶解しなければ特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用することができる。上記リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものを挙げることができる。
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、より好ましくは、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、更に好ましくは、アルコール系溶剤又は炭化水素系溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行うことが好ましい。
The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. . As the rinse liquid, a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
More preferably, after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent, a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents is used. It is preferable to perform a step of cleaning using a rinse liquid containing an alcohol solvent or a hydrocarbon solvent, and more preferably.
 リンス液に含まれる有機溶剤としては、有機溶剤の中でも炭化水素系溶剤を用いることも好ましく、脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤を用いることがより好ましい。リンス液に用いられる脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤としては、その効果がより向上するという観点から、炭素数5以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤(例えば、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン、ウンデカン、ドデカン、ヘキサデカン等)が好ましく、炭素原子数が8以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が好ましく、炭素原子数が10以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤がより好ましい。
 なお、上記脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤の炭素原子数の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、16以下が挙げられ、14以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましい。
 上記脂肪側炭化水素系溶剤の中でも、特に好ましくは、デカン、ウンデカン、ドデカンであり、最も好ましくはウンデカンである。
 このようにリンス液に含まれる有機溶剤として炭化水素系溶剤(特に脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤)を用いることで、現像後にわずかにネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に染み込んでいた現像液が洗い流されて、膨潤がより抑制され、パターン倒れが抑制されるという効果が一層発揮される。
As the organic solvent contained in the rinsing liquid, it is also preferable to use a hydrocarbon solvent among the organic solvents, and it is more preferable to use an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent. As the aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent used in the rinsing liquid, an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent having 5 or more carbon atoms (for example, pentane, hexane, octane, decane, undecane, dodecane, Hexadecane, etc.) are preferred, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 8 or more carbon atoms are preferred, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 10 or more carbon atoms are more preferred.
In addition, although the upper limit of the carbon atom number of the said aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent is not specifically limited, For example, 16 or less is mentioned, 14 or less is preferable and 12 or less is more preferable.
Among the above fat-side hydrocarbon solvents, decane, undecane, and dodecane are particularly preferable, and undecane is most preferable.
In this way, a developing solution that has slightly soaked in the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film after development by using a hydrocarbon solvent (especially an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent) as the organic solvent contained in the rinsing solution Is washed away, swelling is further suppressed, and pattern collapse is further suppressed.
 上記各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合し使用してもよい。 A plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、特に好ましくは3質量%以下である。含水率を10質量%以下にすることで、良好な現像特性を得ることができる。 The water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に用いるリンス液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下が好ましく、0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下が更に好ましく、0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下が最も好ましい。リンス液の蒸気圧を0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下にすることにより、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、更にはリンス液の浸透に起因した膨潤が抑制され、ウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable. By setting the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。 An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution.
 リンス工程においては、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いる現像を行ったウェハを上記の有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、などを適用することができる。この中でも回転塗布方法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2000rpm~4000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(PostBake)を含むことも好ましい。ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~160℃、好ましくは70~95℃で、通常10秒~3分、好ましくは30秒から90秒間行う。 In the rinsing step, the wafer that has been developed using the developer containing the organic solvent is cleaned using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent. The cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), and the like can be applied. Among these, it is preferable to perform a cleaning process by a spin coating method, rotate the substrate at a rotational speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm, and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. Moreover, it is also preferable to include a heating process (PostBake) after the rinsing process. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、有機系現像液を用いた現像工程と、アルカリ現像液を用いた現像工程とを有していてもよい。有機系現像液を用いた現像によって露光強度の弱い部分が除去され、アルカリ現像液を用いた現像を行うことによって露光強度の強い部分も除去される。このように現像を複数回行う多重現像プロセスにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、通常より微細なパターンを形成できる(特開2008-292975号公報の段落[0077]と同様のメカニズム)。 Further, the pattern forming method of the present invention may have a developing step using an organic developer and a developing step using an alkali developer. A portion with low exposure intensity is removed by development using an organic developer, and a portion with high exposure intensity is also removed by development using an alkali developer. In this way, by the multiple development process in which development is performed a plurality of times, a pattern can be formed without dissolving only an intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern than usual can be formed (paragraph of JP 2008-292975 A). [Mechanism similar to [0077]).
 また、本発明は、上記ネガ型感放射線性又は感活性光線性膜を有するマスクブランクスを、露光及び現像して得られるフォトマスクにも関する。露光及び現像としては、上記に記載の工程が適用される。上記フォトマスクは半導体製造用として好適に使用される。
 本発明におけるフォトマスクは、ArFエキシマレーザー等で用いられる光透過型マスクであっても、EUV光を光源とする反射系リソグラフィーで用いられる光反射型マスクであっても良い。
The present invention also relates to a photomask obtained by exposing and developing the mask blank having the negative radiation sensitive or actinic ray sensitive film. The steps described above are applied as exposure and development. The photomask is preferably used for semiconductor manufacturing.
The photomask in the present invention may be a light transmissive mask used in an ArF excimer laser or the like, or a light reflective mask used in reflective lithography using EUV light as a light source.
 なお、本発明の組成物を用いてインプリント用モールドを作製してもよく、その詳細については、例えば、特許第4109085号公報、特開2008-162101号公報を参照できる。
 本発明のレジストパターン形成方法は、DSA(Directed Self-Assembly)におけるガイドパターン形成(例えば、ACSNanoVol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823参照)にも用いることができる。
 また、上記の方法によって形成されたレジストパターンは、例えば特開平3-270227号公報及び特開2013-164509号公報に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(コア)として使用できる。
Note that an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention, and details thereof can be referred to, for example, Japanese Patent No. 4109085 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-162101.
The resist pattern forming method of the present invention can also be used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACSano Vol. 4 No. 8 Pages 4815-4823).
Further, the resist pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core material (core) of a spacer process disclosed in, for example, JP-A-3-270227 and JP-A-2013-164509.
 また、本発明は、上記した本発明のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイス(好ましくは半導体デバイス)は、電気電子機器(家電、OA・メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device (preferably a semiconductor device) of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 以下、実施例により本発明を更に詳細に説明するが、本発明の内容はこれにより限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the contents of the present invention are not limited thereto.
 <合成例:高分子化合物(A1)の合成>
 後掲の表8に示す高分子化合物(A1)を、以下の通り合成した。
<Synthesis Example: Synthesis of Polymer Compound (A1)>
The polymer compound (A1) shown in Table 8 below was synthesized as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
 (重合物1aの合成)
 日本曹達株式会社製のポリ(p-ヒドロキシスチレン)(VP2500、分散度1.10)10gと水酸化カリウム水溶液(水酸化カリウム5.7gを水49gに溶解)を混合し、これにメタノール20gを加えて40℃で数分攪拌した。そこに、パラホルムアルデヒド7.5gを加え、40℃で5時間攪拌した。反応終了後、反応液を室温に戻し、酢酸エチル80mlと希塩酸(1N)80mlを加え、分液操作を行った。水層が中性になるまで有機層を蒸留水で洗浄した後、有機層を濃縮した。真空乾燥後、重合物(1a)13gを得た。
 H-NMR(DMSO-d6:ppm)δ:9.04、8.39、6.59、4.11-5.50、0.92-2.26(ピークはいずれもブロード)
(Synthesis of Polymer 1a)
10 g of poly (p-hydroxystyrene) (VP 2500, dispersity 1.10) manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. and an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (5.7 g of potassium hydroxide dissolved in 49 g of water) were mixed, and 20 g of methanol was added thereto. In addition, the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for several minutes. Thereto, 7.5 g of paraformaldehyde was added and stirred at 40 ° C. for 5 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was returned to room temperature, and 80 ml of ethyl acetate and 80 ml of diluted hydrochloric acid (1N) were added to carry out a liquid separation operation. The organic layer was washed with distilled water until the aqueous layer became neutral, and then the organic layer was concentrated. After vacuum drying, 13 g of polymer (1a) was obtained.
1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6: ppm) δ: 9.04, 8.39, 6.59, 4.11-5.50, 0.92-2.26 (all peaks are broad)
(高分子化合物A1の合成)
 重合物(1a)7gとメタノール100gを混合し、これに濃硫酸3.4gとメタノール10gを混合した溶液を加え、55℃で3時間攪拌した。反応終了後、反応液を室温に戻し、酢酸エチル200gと蒸留水200gを加え、分液操作を行った。有機層を蒸留水で3回洗浄した後、有機層を濃縮した。得られた粉体を酢酸エチル70gに溶解した溶液を、n-ヘキサン700gに滴下した。粉体をろ過し、真空乾燥後、高分子化合物(A1)5.4gを得た。
 H-NMR(DMSO-d6:ppm)δ:9.02、8.09、6.49、4.27、3.13、0.81-2.22(ピークはいずれもブロード)
 他の高分子化合物A2~A8も上記とほぼ同様の方法にて合成した。一方、高分子化合物A9は、特開平2-170165号に記載の方法に準じて用意した。
(Synthesis of polymer compound A1)
7 g of the polymer (1a) and 100 g of methanol were mixed, and a solution obtained by mixing 3.4 g of concentrated sulfuric acid and 10 g of methanol was added thereto, followed by stirring at 55 ° C. for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was returned to room temperature, 200 g of ethyl acetate and 200 g of distilled water were added, and a liquid separation operation was performed. The organic layer was washed 3 times with distilled water, and then the organic layer was concentrated. A solution obtained by dissolving the obtained powder in 70 g of ethyl acetate was added dropwise to 700 g of n-hexane. The powder was filtered and vacuum dried to obtain 5.4 g of a polymer compound (A1).
1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6: ppm) δ: 9.02, 8.09, 6.49, 4.27, 3.13, 0.81-2.22 (all peaks are broad)
Other polymer compounds A2 to A8 were synthesized in substantially the same manner as described above. On the other hand, the polymer compound A9 was prepared according to the method described in JP-A-2-170165.
 上記合成例では、合成される高分子化合物が2成分系より多くなる場合がある。例えば、上記の合成例1では3成分系、すなわち、架橋性基の数が0の繰り返し単位と、架橋性基の数が1の繰り返し単位と、架橋性基の数が2の繰り返し単位とから成っている場合がある。架橋性基の数が1の繰り返し単位の割合及び架橋性基の数が2の繰り返し単位の割合を区別して算出するのは煩雑なので、以下に定義する架橋性基率により、高分子化合物中に含まれる架橋性基数を評価した。 In the above synthesis example, the polymer compound synthesized may be more than the two-component system. For example, in Synthesis Example 1 described above, a three-component system, that is, a repeating unit having 0 crosslinkable groups, a repeating unit having 1 crosslinkable group, and a repeating unit having 2 crosslinkable groups. There may be. Since it is complicated to distinguish and calculate the ratio of the repeating unit having 1 crosslinkable group and the ratio of the repeating unit having 2 crosslinkable groups, the crosslinkable group ratio defined below can be used in the polymer compound. The number of crosslinkable groups contained was evaluated.
 (架橋性基率) = (架橋性基が導入された点数)/(架橋性基を導入可能な反応点の数)×100(%) (Crosslinkable group ratio) = (Number of points where a crosslinkable group was introduced) / (Number of reaction points where a crosslinkable group can be introduced) × 100 (%)
 ここで、例えば、架橋性基としてのメチロール基を導入可能な反応点の数は、フェノール性水酸基が結合している芳香環がベンゼン環の場合、オルト位2箇所とパラ位1箇所の最大3箇所である。上記高分子化合物A1の場合、パラ位が高分子主鎖との結合により塞がっているため、メチロール基を導入可能な反応点の数(メチロール化可能な点数)は2となる。上記架橋性基率は、架橋性基を導入可能な点の水素原子の積分値の反応前後における変化を、H-NMRから見積もることにより算出した。 Here, for example, when the aromatic ring to which the phenolic hydroxyl group is bonded is a benzene ring, the number of reactive sites capable of introducing a methylol group as a crosslinkable group is a maximum of 3 at 2 positions in the ortho position and 1 position in the para position. It is a place. In the case of the polymer compound A1, since the para position is blocked by the bond with the polymer main chain, the number of reaction points at which a methylol group can be introduced (number of methylol groups) is 2. The crosslinkable group ratio was calculated by estimating the change before and after the reaction of the integral value of the hydrogen atom at the point where the crosslinkable group can be introduced, from 1 H-NMR.
 以下の表に、高分子化合物の架橋性基率、重量平均分子量及び分散度を示す。重量平均分子量及び分散度は、GPC(溶媒:THF)測定により算出した。高分子化合物A1~A8の構造は、上記のように3成分系以上となっている場合があるが、簡略化のため、架橋性基数0の繰り返し単位の構造と架橋性基数最大(反応可能点が全て反応した場合を意味する)の繰り返し単位の構造の2成分のみを記載する。一方、高分子化合物A9は、下表に記載の繰り返し単位に対応するモノマーの重合により得られるものであり、実質的には、下表に記載の繰り返し単位の1成分のみを有するものである。 The following table shows the crosslinkable group ratio, weight average molecular weight and dispersity of the polymer compound. The weight average molecular weight and dispersity were calculated by GPC (solvent: THF) measurement. The structure of the polymer compounds A1 to A8 may be a three-component system or more as described above. However, for the sake of simplicity, the structure of the repeating unit having zero crosslinkable groups and the maximum number of crosslinkable groups (reaction points) Only two components of the structure of the repeating unit of (represents the case where all have reacted). On the other hand, the polymer compound A9 is obtained by polymerization of monomers corresponding to the repeating units described in the table below, and substantially has only one component of the repeating units described in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
〔実施例1E~33E、及び比較例1ER~5ER〕
(1)支持体の準備
 酸化Cr蒸着した6インチシリコンウェハー(通常のフォトマスクブランクスに使用する遮蔽膜処理を施した物)を準備した。
[Examples 1E to 33E and Comparative Examples 1ER to 5ER]
(1) Preparation of support A 6-inch silicon wafer on which Cr oxide was vapor-deposited (prepared with a shielding film used for ordinary photomask blanks) was prepared.
(2)レジスト塗布液の準備
 下記表9に示す成分を同表に示す溶剤に溶解させ、それぞれを0.04μmの孔径を有するポリテトラフルオロエチレンフィルターで精密ろ過して、レジスト塗布溶液を得た。
(2) Preparation of resist coating solution The components shown in Table 9 below were dissolved in the solvents shown in the same table, and each was microfiltered with a polytetrafluoroethylene filter having a pore size of 0.04 µm to obtain a resist coating solution. .
(3)レジスト膜の作成
 上記6インチシリコンウェハー上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いてレジスト塗布溶液を塗布し、110℃、90秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜として、膜厚50nmのレジスト膜を得た。すなわち、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を備えたマスクブランクスを得た。
(3) Preparation of resist film A resist coating solution is applied onto the 6-inch silicon wafer using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 110 ° C. for 90 seconds to obtain a negative actinic ray sensitive or A resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was obtained as a radiation sensitive film. That is, a mask blank provided with a negative type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film was obtained.
(4)ネガ型レジストパターンの作製
 このレジスト膜に、電子線描画装置((株)エリオニクス社製;ELS-7500、加速電圧50KeV)を用いて、パターン照射を行った。照射後に、120℃、90秒間ホットプレート上で加熱し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、水でリンスして乾燥した。
(4) Production of Negative Resist Pattern Pattern irradiation was performed on this resist film using an electron beam drawing apparatus (manufactured by Elionix Co., Ltd .; ELS-7500, acceleration voltage 50 KeV). After irradiation, it was heated on a hot plate at 120 ° C. for 90 seconds, immersed in an aqueous 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) solution for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds and dried.
(5)レジストパタ-ンの評価
 得られたパターンを下記の方法で、感度、解像力、PED安定性、及びラインエッジラフネス(LER)性能について評価した。
(5) Evaluation of resist pattern The obtained pattern was evaluated for sensitivity, resolving power, PED stability, and line edge roughness (LER) performance by the following methods.
〔感度〕
 得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製S-4300)を用いて観察した。線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを解像するときの露光量(電子線照射量)を感度とした。この値が小さいほど、感度が高い。
 ただし、比較例1ER~5ERについては、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像することができなかったため、比較例1ERについては線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを、比較例2ERについては線幅80nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを、比較例3ERについては線幅70nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを、比較例4ERについては線幅60nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを、比較例5ERについては線幅65nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを、それぞれ、解像する時の照射エネルギーを感度(Eop)とした。
〔sensitivity〕
The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-4300, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The exposure amount (electron beam irradiation amount) when resolving a 1: 1 line and space resist pattern having a line width of 50 nm was defined as sensitivity. The smaller this value, the higher the sensitivity.
However, for Comparative Examples 1ER to 5ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm could not be resolved. Therefore, for Comparative Example 1ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 100 nm was compared. For Example 2ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 80 nm, for Comparative Example 3ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 70 nm, and for Comparative Example 4ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 60 nm. For the comparative example 5ER, the irradiation energy when resolving a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 65 nm was defined as sensitivity (Eop).
〔解像力〕
 上記の感度を示す露光量(電子線照射量)における限界解像力(ラインとスペースが分離解像する最小の線幅)を解像力(nm)とした。
[Resolution]
The resolving power (nm) was defined as the limiting resolving power (minimum line width at which lines and spaces were separated and resolved) at the exposure amount (electron beam irradiation amount) showing the above sensitivity.
〔ラインエッジラフネス(LER)性能〕
 上記の感度を示す露光量(電子線照射量)で、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを形成した。そして、その長さ方向10μmに含まれる任意の30点について、走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製S-9220)を用いて、エッジがあるべき基準線からの距離を測定した。そして、この距離の標準偏差を求め、3σを算出した。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
 ただし、比較例1ER~5ERについては、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像することができなかったため、比較例1ERにおいては線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、比較例2ERにおいては線幅80nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、比較例3ERにおいては線幅70nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、比較例4ERにおいては線幅60nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、比較例5ERにおいては線幅65nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、それぞれ、上記の距離の標準偏差を求め、3σを算出した。
[Line edge roughness (LER) performance]
A 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 50 nm was formed with the exposure amount (electron beam irradiation amount) showing the above sensitivity. Then, for any 30 points included in the length direction of 10 μm, the distance from the reference line where the edge should be was measured using a scanning electron microscope (S-9220, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). And the standard deviation of this distance was calculated | required and 3 (sigma) was computed. A smaller value indicates better performance.
However, in Comparative Examples 1ER to 5ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 50 nm could not be resolved. Therefore, in Comparative Example 1ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 100 nm was compared. In Example 2ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 80 nm, in Comparative Example 3ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 70 nm, and in Comparative Example 4ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 60 nm. With respect to the pattern, in Comparative Example 5ER, the standard deviation of the above distance was obtained for a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 65 nm, and 3σ was calculated.
〔PED(Post Exposure time Delay)安定性〕
 線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が50nmとなる露光量において、露光後、速やかにPEB処理したウェハー上のライン線幅寸法(0h)と、5時間後にPEB処理したウェハー上のライン線幅寸法(5.0h)を測長し、線幅変化率を以下の式により算出した。
 線幅変化率(%)=|ΔCD(5.0h-0h)|nm/50nm
 値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示し、PED安定性の指標とした。
 ただし、比較例1ER~5ERについては、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像することができなかったため、比較例1ERにおいては線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が100nmとなる露光量において、上記の線幅変化率を算出した。比較例2ERにおいては線幅80nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が80nmとなる露光量において、上記の線幅変化率を算出した。比較例3ERにおいては線幅70nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が70nmとなる露光量において、上記の線幅変化率を算出した。比較例4ERにおいては線幅60nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が60nmとなる露光量において、上記の線幅変化率を算出した。比較例5ERにおいては線幅65nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が65nmとなる露光量において、上記の線幅変化率を算出した。
[PED (Post Exposure time Delay) stability]
With an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm is 50 nm, the line line width dimension (0 h) on a wafer subjected to PEB treatment immediately after exposure and a wafer subjected to PEB treatment after 5 hours. The upper line line width dimension (5.0 h) was measured, and the line width change rate was calculated by the following equation.
Line width change rate (%) = | ΔCD (5.0h-0h) | nm / 50 nm
A smaller value indicates better performance, and is used as an indicator of PED stability.
However, in Comparative Examples 1ER to 5ER, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm could not be resolved. Therefore, in Comparative Example 1ER, the line width of the 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 100 nm was used. The above-mentioned line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount with a dimension of 100 nm. In Comparative Example 2ER, the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 80 nm was 80 nm. In Comparative Example 3ER, the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 70 nm was 70 nm. In Comparative Example 4ER, the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 60 nm was 60 nm. In Comparative Example 5ER, the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 65 nm was 65 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
〔光酸発生剤〕
 実施例で使用した光酸発生剤の構造を光酸発生剤が発生する酸の体積値と共に以下に示す。ここで、酸の体積値は、上記化合物(B)から発生する酸の体積値と同様の算出方法により得た。
[Photoacid generator]
The structure of the photoacid generator used in the examples is shown below together with the volume value of the acid generated by the photoacid generator. Here, the volume value of the acid was obtained by the same calculation method as the volume value of the acid generated from the compound (B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
〔塩基性化合物〕
 B1:テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド
 B2:トリ(n-オクチル)アミン
 B3:2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール
[Basic compounds]
B1: Tetrabutylammonium hydroxide B2: Tri (n-octyl) amine B3: 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
〔架橋剤〕 [Crosslinking agent]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
〔その他の高分子化合物〕
 その他の高分子化合物P1における各繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比;左から順に対応)、並びに、その他の高分子化合物P1及びP2における重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)についても以下に示す。
[Other polymer compounds]
Regarding the composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left) of each repeating unit in the other polymer compound P1, and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) in the other polymer compounds P1 and P2 It is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
〔有機カルボン酸〕
 D1:2-ヒドロキシ-3-ナフトエ酸
 D2:2-ナフトエ酸
 D3:安息香酸
[Organic carboxylic acid]
D1: 2-hydroxy-3-naphthoic acid D2: 2-naphthoic acid D3: benzoic acid
〔界面活性剤〕
 W-1:PF6320(OMNOVA(株)製)
 W-2:メガファックF176(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素系)
 W-3:ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製;シリコン系)
[Surfactant]
W-1: PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA)
W-2: Megafuck F176 (Dainippon Ink Chemical Co., Ltd .; Fluorine)
W-3: Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
〔溶剤〕
 S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)
 S2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)
 S3:2-ヘプタノン
 S4:乳酸エチル
 S5:シクロヘキサノン
 S6:γ-ブチロラクトン
 S7:プロピレンカーボネート
〔solvent〕
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane)
S2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (1-methoxy-2-propanol)
S3: 2-heptanone S4: Ethyl lactate S5: Cyclohexanone S6: γ-butyrolactone S7: Propylene carbonate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104
 上表から、本発明に係るパターン形成方法を使用した実施例1E~33Eによれば、これを使用しない比較例1ER~5ERと比較して、感度、解像力、PED安定性、及びLER性能を高次元で両立できることが分かった。 From the above table, Examples 1E to 33E using the pattern forming method according to the present invention have higher sensitivity, resolution, PED stability, and LER performance than Comparative Examples 1ER to 5ER that do not use this. It turns out that it is compatible in dimension.
〔実施例1F~10F及び比較例1FR~4FR〕
(レジスト膜の作成)
 上記6インチシリコンウェハー上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて、上記のようにして調製したレジスト塗布溶液を塗布し、110℃、90秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜として、膜厚50nmのレジスト膜を得た。すなわち、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を備えたマスクブランクスを得た。
[Examples 1F to 10F and Comparative Examples 1FR to 4FR]
(Create resist film)
On the 6-inch silicon wafer, the resist coating solution prepared as described above was applied using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 110 ° C. for 90 seconds to obtain a negative actinic ray sensitive light Alternatively, a resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was obtained as a radiation sensitive film. That is, a mask blank provided with a negative type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film was obtained.
(レジスト評価)
 得られたレジスト膜に関し、下記の方法で、感度、解像力、PED安定性、及びラインエッジラフネス(LER)性能について評価した。
(Resist evaluation)
With respect to the obtained resist film, sensitivity, resolution, PED stability, and line edge roughness (LER) performance were evaluated by the following methods.
〔感度〕
 得られたレジスト膜に、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製MicroExposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いて、露光量を0~20.0mJ/cmの範囲で0.1mJ/cmずつ変えながら、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの反射型マスクを介して、露光を行った後、110℃で90秒間ベークした。その後、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて現像した。
 線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのマスクパターンを再現する露光量を感度とした。この値が小さいほど、感度が高い。
 ただし、比較例1FR~4FRについては、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像することができなかったため、比較例1FRについては線幅350nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを、比較例2FRについては線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを、比較例3FRについては線幅85nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを、比較例4FRについては線幅60nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを、それぞれ、解像する時の照射エネルギーを感度(Eop)とした。
〔sensitivity〕
Using the EUV exposure apparatus (MicroExposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech), the exposure amount of the obtained resist film is 0-20.0 mJ / cm 2. The film was exposed through a reflective mask having a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 50 nm while changing by 0.1 mJ / cm 2 in the range, and then baked at 110 ° C. for 90 seconds. Then, it developed using the 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution.
The exposure amount for reproducing a 1: 1 line and space mask pattern having a line width of 50 nm was defined as sensitivity. The smaller this value, the higher the sensitivity.
However, for Comparative Examples 1FR to 4FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm could not be resolved. Therefore, for Comparative Example 1 FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 350 nm was compared. For Example 2FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 100 nm, for Comparative Example 3FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 85 nm, and for Comparative Example 4FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 60 nm. Irradiation energy when resolving each pattern was defined as sensitivity (Eop).
〔解像力〕
 上記の感度を示す露光量における限界解像力(ラインとスペース(ライン:スペース=1:1)とが分離解像する最小の線幅)を解像力(nm)とした。
[Resolution]
The resolving power (nm) was defined as the limiting resolving power (minimum line width at which a line and a space (line: space = 1: 1) were separated and resolved) at the exposure amount showing the above sensitivity.
〔ラインエッジラフネス(LER)性能〕
 上記の感度を示す露光量で、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを形成した。そして、その長さ方向50μmにおける任意の30点について、走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製S-9220)を用いて、エッジがあるべき基準線からの距離を測定した。そして、この距離の標準偏差を求め、3σを算出した。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
 ただし、比較例1FR~4FRについては、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像することができなかったため、比較例1FRにおいては線幅350nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、比較例2FRにおいては線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、比較例3FRにおいては線幅85nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、比較例4FRにおいては線幅60nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンについて、それぞれ、上記の距離の標準偏差を求め、3σを算出した。
[Line edge roughness (LER) performance]
A 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 50 nm was formed with the exposure amount showing the above sensitivity. Then, for any 30 points in the length direction of 50 μm, the distance from the reference line where there should be an edge was measured using a scanning electron microscope (S-9220, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). And the standard deviation of this distance was calculated | required and 3 (sigma) was computed. A smaller value indicates better performance.
However, in Comparative Examples 1FR to 4FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 50 nm could not be resolved. Therefore, in Comparative Example 1FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 350 nm was compared. In Example 2FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 100 nm, in Comparative Example 3FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 85 nm, and in Comparative Example 4FR, a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 60 nm. For each of the patterns, the standard deviation of the above distance was obtained, and 3σ was calculated.
〔PED(Post Exposure time Delay)安定性〕
 50nmのラインアンドスペース1:1パターンの線幅寸法が50nmとなる露光量において、露光後、速やかにPEB処理したライン線幅寸法(0h)と、5時間後にPEB処理したウェハー上のライン線幅寸法(5.0h)を測長し、線幅変化率を以下の式により算出した。
 線幅変化率(%)=|ΔCD(5.0h-0h)|nm/50nm
 値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示し、PED安定性の指標とした。
 ただし、比較例1FR~4FRについては、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像することができなかったため、比較例1FRにおいては線幅350nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が350nmとなる露光量において、上記の線幅変化率を算出した。比較例2FRにおいては線幅100nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が100nmとなる露光量において、上記の線幅変化率を算出した。比較例3FRにおいては線幅85nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が85nmとなる露光量において、上記の線幅変化率を算出した。比較例4FRにおいては線幅60nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの線幅寸法が60nmとなる露光量において、上記の線幅変化率を算出した。
[PED (Post Exposure time Delay) stability]
50 nm line-and-space 1: 1 pattern line width dimension is 50 nm, and the line width dimension (0h) of PEB processed immediately after exposure and the line line width on the wafer subjected to PEB processing after 5 hours. The dimension (5.0 h) was measured, and the line width change rate was calculated by the following equation.
Line width change rate (%) = | ΔCD (5.0h-0h) | nm / 50 nm
A smaller value indicates better performance, and is used as an indicator of PED stability.
However, in Comparative Examples 1FR to 4FR, the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 50 nm could not be resolved. Therefore, in Comparative Example 1FR, the line width of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 350 nm was used. The above-mentioned line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount with a dimension of 350 nm. In Comparative Example 2FR, the line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of a 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 100 nm was 100 nm. In Comparative Example 3FR, the line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 85 nm was 85 nm. In Comparative Example 4FR, the above-described line width change rate was calculated at an exposure amount at which the line width dimension of the 1: 1 line and space pattern having a line width of 60 nm was 60 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105
 上表から、本発明に係るパターン形成方法を使用した実施例1F~10Fによれば、これを使用しない比較例1ER~4FRと比較して、感度、解像力、PED安定性、及びLER性能を高次元で両立できることが分かった。 From the above table, according to Examples 1F to 10F using the pattern forming method according to the present invention, sensitivity, resolving power, PED stability, and LER performance are higher than those of Comparative Examples 1ER to 4FR that do not use this. It turns out that it is compatible in dimension.

Claims (14)

  1.  (A)下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する高分子化合物と、
     (B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により、体積が130Å以上2000Å以下の酸を発生する化合物と、
     を含む、ネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表し、
     RとRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アラルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、
     Rは水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はアシル基を表し、
     Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、
     Arは芳香族基を表し、
     mとnは、それぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表す。
    (A) a polymer compound having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1);
    (B) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, a compound volume to generate a 130 Å 3 or more 2000 Å 3 following acids,
    A negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom,
    R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group,
    R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group,
    L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
    Ar represents an aromatic group,
    m and n each independently represents an integer of 1 or more.
  2.  上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位である、請求項1に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     式中、R、R、R及びRは、一般式(1)中のR、R、R及びRと同義である。m’は1又は2を表し、n’は1~3の整数を表す。
    The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    Wherein, R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 have the same meanings as in formula (1) R 1, R 2 , R 3 and R 4 in. m ′ represents 1 or 2, and n ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  3.  上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位である、請求項2に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     式中、R、R、及びRは、一般式(1)中のR、R、及びRと同義である。n’は1~3の整数を表す。
    The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 2, wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    Wherein, R 2, R 3, and R 4 in general formula (1) R 2, R 3, and is synonymous with R 4. n ′ represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  4.  前記化合物(B)がスルホニウム塩である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound (B) is a sulfonium salt.
  5.  更に、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(C)を含む、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (C) whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Resin composition.
  6.  前記化合物(C)が下記一般式(4)で表されるオニウム塩化合物である、請求項5に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     式中、Aは硫黄原子またはヨウ素原子を表し、Rは水素原子または有機基を表し、Rは(p+1)価の有機基を表し、Xは単結合または連結基を表し、Aは窒素原子を含んだ塩基性部位を表す。R、R、X及びAはそれぞれ、複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
     Aが硫黄原子である場合、qは1~3の整数であり、oはo+q=3の関係を満たす整数である。
     Aがヨウ素原子である場合、qは1又は2であり、oはo+q=2の関係を満たす整数である。
     pは1~10の整数を表し、Yはアニオンを表す。
     R、X、R、Aの少なくとも2つは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 5, wherein the compound (C) is an onium salt compound represented by the following general formula (4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In the formula, A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom, R A represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, R B represents a (p + 1) -valent organic group, X represents a single bond or a linking group, and A N represents Represents a basic moiety containing a nitrogen atom. When a plurality of R A , R B , X and A N are present, they may be the same or different.
    When A is a sulfur atom, q is an integer of 1 to 3, and o is an integer that satisfies the relationship of o + q = 3.
    When A is an iodine atom, q is 1 or 2, and o is an integer that satisfies the relationship of o + q = 2.
    p represents an integer of 1 to 10, and Y represents an anion.
    At least two of R A , X, R B and A N may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  7.  前記高分子化合物(A)の分散度が、1.0~1.40である請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the dispersity of the polymer compound (A) is 1.0 to 1.40.
  8.  前記高分子化合物(A)が、下記一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位の重合体を原料とする製造法により製造された高分子化合物である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     式中のRは、上記一般式(1)中のRと同義である。
    8. The polymer compound according to claim 1, wherein the polymer compound (A) is a polymer compound produced by a production method using a polymer of a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (5) as a raw material. Negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    R 1 in the formula has the same meaning as R 1 in the general formula (1).
  9.  上記一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位の重合体の分散度が、1.0~1.20である請求項8に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 8, wherein the polymer of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) has a dispersity of 1.0 to 1.20.
  10.  上記一般式(3)中のR及びRが共に水素原子である、請求項3に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 R 2 and R 3 in the general formula (3) are hydrogen atom, a negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 3.
  11.  請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 A negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed using the negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  12.  請求項11に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を備えたマスクブランクス。 Mask blanks comprising the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film according to claim 11.
  13.  請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して膜を形成する工程、
     上記膜を露光する工程、及び
     露光した上記膜を現像してネガ型パターンを形成する工程
     を含むパターン形成方法。
    Applying the negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10 on a substrate to form a film;
    A pattern forming method comprising: a step of exposing the film; and a step of developing the exposed film to form a negative pattern.
  14.  請求項13に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。 An electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method according to claim 13.
PCT/JP2016/056856 2015-04-07 2016-03-04 Negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device WO2016163187A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020177027179A KR102051343B1 (en) 2015-04-07 2016-03-04 Negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, negative actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and manufacturing method of electronic device
JP2017511501A JP6402245B2 (en) 2015-04-07 2016-03-04 Negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015078738 2015-04-07
JP2015-078738 2015-04-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016163187A1 true WO2016163187A1 (en) 2016-10-13

Family

ID=57073202

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/056856 WO2016163187A1 (en) 2015-04-07 2016-03-04 Negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, negative active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6402245B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102051343B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI697732B (en)
WO (1) WO2016163187A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170205709A1 (en) * 2016-01-20 2017-07-20 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Resist composition and patterning process
JP2018120103A (en) * 2017-01-25 2018-08-02 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and resist pattern forming method
WO2021039391A1 (en) * 2019-08-29 2021-03-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
TWI740603B (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-09-21 日商信越化學工業股份有限公司 Resist composition and patterning process
JPWO2020174767A1 (en) * 2019-02-28 2021-11-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Patterned board manufacturing method, circuit board manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and laminate

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11102071A (en) * 1997-09-26 1999-04-13 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative image recording material
JP2008250227A (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-16 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and method for forming pattern using same
JP2009069817A (en) * 2007-08-22 2009-04-02 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Patterning process and pattern surface coating material for use in same
JP2014002359A (en) * 2012-05-21 2014-01-09 Fujifilm Corp Chemical amplification resist composition, negative type chemical amplification resist composition, resist film using the same, resist-coated mask blank, photomask and pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device and electronic device
JP2014024999A (en) * 2012-07-27 2014-02-06 Fujifilm Corp Resin composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2014067014A (en) * 2012-09-05 2014-04-17 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Resist material and pattern forming method using the same
JP2015031850A (en) * 2013-08-02 2015-02-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, resist-coated mask blank, photomask, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2015046450A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, mask blank provided with active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, electronic device and novel compound

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02170165A (en) * 1988-12-23 1990-06-29 Hitachi Ltd Radiation sensitive composition and pattern forming method using this composition
JP4276773B2 (en) 2000-09-25 2009-06-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Negative resist composition for electron beam or X-ray
JP5205485B2 (en) * 2011-02-21 2013-06-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Resist film, resist coating mask blanks and resist pattern forming method using the resist film, and chemically amplified resist composition

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11102071A (en) * 1997-09-26 1999-04-13 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative image recording material
JP2008250227A (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-16 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and method for forming pattern using same
JP2009069817A (en) * 2007-08-22 2009-04-02 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Patterning process and pattern surface coating material for use in same
JP2014002359A (en) * 2012-05-21 2014-01-09 Fujifilm Corp Chemical amplification resist composition, negative type chemical amplification resist composition, resist film using the same, resist-coated mask blank, photomask and pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device and electronic device
JP2014024999A (en) * 2012-07-27 2014-02-06 Fujifilm Corp Resin composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2014067014A (en) * 2012-09-05 2014-04-17 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Resist material and pattern forming method using the same
JP2015031850A (en) * 2013-08-02 2015-02-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, resist-coated mask blank, photomask, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2015046450A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, mask blank provided with active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, electronic device and novel compound

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170205709A1 (en) * 2016-01-20 2017-07-20 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Resist composition and patterning process
US9958777B2 (en) * 2016-01-20 2018-05-01 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Resist composition and patterning process
JP2018120103A (en) * 2017-01-25 2018-08-02 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and resist pattern forming method
JPWO2020174767A1 (en) * 2019-02-28 2021-11-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Patterned board manufacturing method, circuit board manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and laminate
TWI740603B (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-09-21 日商信越化學工業股份有限公司 Resist composition and patterning process
WO2021039391A1 (en) * 2019-08-29 2021-03-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Active light ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201636732A (en) 2016-10-16
KR20170125358A (en) 2017-11-14
JP6402245B2 (en) 2018-10-10
KR102051343B1 (en) 2019-12-03
TWI697732B (en) 2020-07-01
JPWO2016163187A1 (en) 2018-02-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6088827B2 (en) Negative resist composition, resist film and pattern forming method using the same, and mask blanks provided with the resist film
JP5703197B2 (en) Chemically amplified resist composition, resist film using the same, resist coating mask blank, resist pattern forming method, photomask, and polymer compound
TWI693469B (en) Pattern forming method, photomask manufacturing method, and electronic component manufacturing method
JP5514759B2 (en) Resist pattern formation method, resist pattern, crosslinkable negative chemically amplified resist composition for organic solvent development, resist film, and resist coating mask blank
JP6402245B2 (en) Negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, negative-type actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
CN105849638B (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and film
CN108431690B (en) Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, film thereof, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
KR101821620B1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, mask blank provided with active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2016136563A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blank including active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2015129307A1 (en) Resin composition, resist film using same, resist-application mask blanks, resist-patterning method, and photomask
CN113168100A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
KR101429596B1 (en) Chemical amplification resist composition, and resist film, resist-coated mask blank, resist pattern forming method and photomask each using the composition
JP7097873B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
JP6220695B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blank provided with actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6412948B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blank provided with actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR101911300B1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition, and resist film, mask blank, resist pattern-forming method, and electronic device production method all using said composition
WO2017002430A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern molding method, and electronic device production method
JP6793088B2 (en) Actinic or radiation-sensitive compositions, resist films, mask blanks, pattern forming methods, and methods for manufacturing electronic devices.
JP6582053B2 (en) Actinic ray or radiation sensitive composition, and resist film, pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method using the same
JP6122754B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blank provided with actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6461187B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blank provided with actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16776356

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017511501

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177027179

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16776356

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1